D3E800A713B Body Exterior

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 312

Service

Repair Manual
Audi R8 2007 ➤
Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior
Edition 04.2014

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual
Repair GroupsList of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
00 - General, Technical Data
50 - Body Front
53 - Body Rear
55 - Hood, Lids
57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glass, Window Regulators
66 - Exterior Equipment

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a
matter of course, be observed.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2014 Audi AG, Ingolstadt D3E800A713B


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Contents

00 - General, Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1


1 Wire Routing and Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2 Contact Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
3 Adhesive Tape Surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

50 - Body Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1 Body Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radiator Mounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.4 Outer Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.5 Center Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.6 Inner Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.7 Outer Radiator Bracket and Upper Wheel Housing Liner Bracket, Removing and Installing
........................................................................ 9
1.8 Inner Radiator Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
2 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.1 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
2.4 Cowl, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3 Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1 Overview - Fender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2 End Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.3 Fender, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.4 Fender Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
3.5 Fender Mounting Flange, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19

53 - Body Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1 Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.1 Engine Compartment Trim Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Center, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2 Cover for Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.1 Side Panel Cover Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
2.4 Side Panel Cover Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3 Side Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.1 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.2 Upper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.3 Lower Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.4 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.5 Upper Rear Side Panel Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.6 Upper Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
38
3.7 Upper Rear Side Panel Gap Dimensions
permitted . . by
unless authorised . .AUDI
. . .AG.
. . AUDI
. . . AG
. . does
. . .not
. .guarantee
. . . . . or. .accept
. . . any
. . .liability
...... 38
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
4 Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.1 Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
4.2 Upper Left Longitudinal Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
4.3 Upper Right Longitudinal Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42

Contents i
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.4 Rear Crossmember, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43


5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

55 - Hood, Lids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.1 Overview - Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.2 Fresh Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.4 Hood Hinge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
1.5 Striker Pin with Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.7 Hood Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.8 Hood, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
1.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
1.11 Hood Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
2 Hood Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.4 Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor V53 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.5 Hood Emergency Release Cable Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
2.6 Hood Emergency Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
2.7 Hood Latch Cable, Removing and Installing, Left and Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.8 Hood Lock Cable Mount, Removing and Installing, Left and Right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.9 Hood Lock Cables, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
2.10 Emergency Release Inside Luggage Compartment Assembly Overview, Country-Specific
........................................................................ 63
2.11 Interior Luggage Compartment Release, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3 Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
3.1 Overview - Rear Lid permitted
. . . . unless
. . . .authorised
. . . . . .by. AUDI
. . . AG.
. . .AUDI
. . .AG. .does
. . not
. . guarantee
. . . . . .or. accept
. . . .any
. .liability
........... 67
3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
70
3.3 Lid Hinge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.6 Rear Lid, Bringing into Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.7 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.8 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.9 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
3.10 Spring Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 Coupe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.12 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.13 Air Intake Frame, Removing and Installing, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
3.14 Rear Lid Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.15 Rear Lid Trim, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.16 Rear Lid Trim Panel Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
4 Rear Lid Latch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
4.2 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
4.4 Rear Lid Lock Cable Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

ii Contents
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.6 Release Lever Mounting Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89


4.7 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
4.8 Rear Lid Unlocking Assembly Overview, Vehicles with Rear Lid Unlock Motor . . . . . . . . . . 92
4.9 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Rear Lid Lock Motor . . . . . . 94
4.10 Rear Lid Lock Emergency Release Cable, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Rear Lid
Lock Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
4.11 Rear Lid Unlock Motor V139 , Removing and Installing, Vehicles With Rear Lid Unlock
Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
5 Fuel Filler Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
5.2 Cable with Fuel Filler Door Emergency Release Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . 101
5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.4 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.6 Tank Flap Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
5.7 Fuel Filler Door Insert Drain Pipe, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
6 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107


1 Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
1.1 Overview - Front Door .Protected . . . . . by. .copyright.
. . . . .Copying
. . . . for
. . private
. . . .or. commercial
. . . . . . purposes,
. . . . . .in.part
. . or. .in .whole,
. . . is. not
...... 107
1.2 Front Door, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
. . . . . . ...... 109
1.3 Door Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
1.4 Door, Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
1.5 Side Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
1.7 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
1.8 Door Control Module on Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 114
1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1.10 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1.11 Outer and Inner Window Shaft Strips and Door Seal Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1.12 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
1.13 Door Seal and Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
1.14 Inner Door Seal Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
1.15 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
2 Door Handle and Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.1 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
2.4 Mounting Bracket and Outer Door Opener, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.5 Lock Cylinder Operating Shaft and Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.7 Catch, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
2.9 Door Lock, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
2.10 Door Opener Cable, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
3 Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.1 Overview - Central Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
3.2 Vehicle Positioning System Interface Control Module J843 , Removing and Installing . . . . 133
3.3 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.4 Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Central Locking Switch F124 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.5 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.6 Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor V155 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.7 Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.8 Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , Removing and Installing, Vehicles from MY
10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

Contents iii
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.9 Central Locking, Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1 Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
1.3 Front Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
1.4 Outer Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
1.5 Top Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1.6 Lower Bumper Cover Mounts, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
1.7 Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
1.8 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
1.9 Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
1.10 Winglet, Removing and Installing, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
1.11 Bumper Cover End Plate, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013 . . . . . . . . . . 158
1.12 Spoiler Lip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
1.13 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
1.14 Spoiler, Removing and Installing, Lower Section, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.15 Overview - Impact Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
1.16 Upper Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
1.17 Lower Left Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
1.18 Lower Right Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
2 by copyright.
Protected Rear Bumper
Copying for private. or
. .commercial
. . . . . .purposes,
. . . . . in. part
. . .or. in. whole,
. . . . is. not
................................... 164
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover . . . . . . . . . . . 164
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
2.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.6 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
2.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
2.9 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.10 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
2.11 Overview - Impact Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.12 Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.13 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.14 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.15 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.16 License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
3 Bumper, Rear, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
3.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
3.5 Air Intake Grille in Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
3.7 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
3.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3.9 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
3.10 Overview - Impact Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
3.12 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3.13 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
3.14 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

iv Contents
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201

64 - Glass, Window Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203


1 Flush-Bonded Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1.1 Flush-Bonded Windows, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
1.3 Servicing Windows with Window Repair Kit VAS6092 and Repair Resin, Talon VAS1993/2
...................................................................... 204
1.4 Minimum
Protected byCuring
copyright.Times
Copying for.private
. . . .or. commercial
. . . . . . purposes,
. . . . . .in.part
. . or. .in.whole,
. . . .is .not. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
1.5 Windows, Resealing
permitted unless authorised by. AUDI
. . . AG.
. . AUDI
. . . .AG. .does
. . not
. . guarantee
. . . . . .or. accept
. . . .any . . liability
......................... 205
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
2 Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.1 Overview - Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
3 Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
3.1 Overview - Side Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
3.2 Side Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
4 Partition Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
4.1 Partition Window Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
4.2 Partition Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
5 Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
5.1 Overview - Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
5.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
6 Rear Window, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6.1 Overview - Rear Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
6.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
7 Bolted Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
7.1 Front Door Window and Front Window Guide Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.3 Door Window Gap Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . 239
7.5 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Lateral Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
7.6 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Height Adjustment Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
7.7 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
7.8 Front Window Guide, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
8 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

66 - Exterior Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247


1 Trim Moldings and Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1.1 Roof Trim Molding and A-Pillar Triangular Trim Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
1.2 Roof Trim Molding, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
1.3 A-Pillar Triangular Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
1.4 A-Pillar Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
1.5 Front Door and B-Pillar Trim Moldings Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
1.6 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing, Door, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
1.7 B-Pillar Trim Molding, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
1.8 Sill Panel Strip, Sill Trim and Sill Trim Bracket Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
1.9 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
1.10 Lower Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
1.12 Sill Panel Trim Molding Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
2 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
2.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror and Mirror Adjusting Unit Housing, Removing and Installing . . . . 259

Contents v
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261


2.5 Mirror Base, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
2.6 Mirror Base Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
3 Exterior Rearview Mirror, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Housing and Carrier Plate, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . 265
3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
3.5 Mirror Base with Adapter Plate, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
4 Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
4.1 Overview - Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
4.2 quattro Name Badge, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
4.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
4.4 Retaining Brace, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
4.5 License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
5 Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
5.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing
Protected and Installing
by copyright. Copying . . . . . .purposes,
for private or commercial . . . . . in. .part
. .or. in. whole,
. . . .is. not
.................. 275
5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap
permitted Dimensions
unless authorised by AUDI. .AG.
. . AUDI
. . . AG
. . does
. . . not
. .guarantee
. . . . . or. .accept
. . . any. . .liability
................... 275
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
5.4 Mount with Rear Spoiler Drive Unit, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
5.5 Spoiler Drive Unit Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
6 Spoiler, R8 GT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
6.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
6.3 Mount, Removing and Installing, Rear Spoiler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
7 Underbody Trim Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
7.2 Front Vehicle Underbody Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
7.3 Center Vehicle Underbody Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
7.4 Center Tunnel Cover, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
7.5 Fuel Tank Covers, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
7.6 Front Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
7.7 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
7.8 Rear Noise Insulation Left and Right Mount, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
7.9 Rear Mount for Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
7.11 Rear Bulkhead Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
7.12 Left Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
7.13 Right Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
7.14 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
8 Wheel Housing Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
8.1 Wheel Housing Liners Assembly Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
9 Emblems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
10 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
11 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

vi Contents
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

00 – General, Technical Data


1 Wire Routing and Securing
(Edition 04.2014)
When loosening, removing or installing hydraulic, pneumatic or
electrical line, always make a sketch or take a picture. This en‐
sures installation is the same as the original.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Wire Routing and Securing 1


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Contact Corrosion
Contact corrosion can occur if incorrect fasteners (bolts, nuts,
washers, etc.) are used.
For this reason, only fasteners with a special surface coating are
installed.
In addition, rubber or plastic parts and adhesives are made of
non-conductive materials.
If there are doubts as to whether parts are suitable or not, use
new parts according to the Parts Catalog.

Note

♦ The use of original replacement parts is recommended, they


are tested and are compatible with aluminum.
♦ The use of Audi accessories is recommended.
♦ Damage resulting from contact corrosion is not covered by the
warranty.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2 Rep. Gr.00 - General, Technical Data


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Adhesive Tape Surfaces


♦ The vehicle must be at room temperature before the installa‐
tion of self-adhesive cover, door seal molding, etc. when using
adhesive tape.
♦ The adhesive surfaces on the body must be free of dirt and
grease.
♦ Clean the adhesive surfaces using Cleaning Solution - D 009
401 04- .
♦ Apply Bonding Agent - D 355 205 A2- on the surface on the
body side using the Applicator - D 009 500 25- and let dry.
♦ Warm the adhesive areas to approximately 40 ℃ (104 °F) us‐
ing a hot air blower.
♦ After installing the covers with adhesive tape, use a roller and
press the adhesive tape one more time to make sure it is on
securely.
♦ After that, pull on the adhesive tape by hand just to make sure
it is on.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Adhesive Tape Surfaces 3


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

50 – Body Front
1 Body Front
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 4
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing”, page 5
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radiator
Mounts”, page 6
⇒ “1.4 Outer Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 7
⇒ “1.5 Center Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page
8 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “1.6 Inner Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing”, with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 8
⇒ “1.7 Outer Radiator Bracket and Upper Wheel Housing Liner
Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 9
⇒ “1.8 Inner Radiator Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 10

1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier

1 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood
Motor Assembly Over‐
view”, page 55 .
2 - Hood Latch
3 - Retaining Plate
4 - Hood Motor
5 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
6 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood
Motor Assembly Over‐
view”, page 55 .
7 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood
Motor Assembly Over‐
view”, page 55 .
8 - Lock Carrier
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Lock Carrier, Re‐
moving and Installing”,

4 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

page 5 .

1.2 Lock Carrier, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the luggage compartment release motor. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor V53 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 59 .
– Remove the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
– Remove the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 139 .
– Remove the top center bumper mount. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Top Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 148 .
– Remove the bolts -2- and -3-.
– Remove the lock carrier -1- while guiding the luggage com‐
partment emergency release cable out.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page
Protected by 4 .
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Install in reverse order of removal. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Body Front 5
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radiator Mounts

1 - Inner Radiator Bracket


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Inner Radiator
Bracket, Removing and
Installing”, page 10 .
2 - Inner Headlamp Bracket
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Inner Headlamp
Bracket, Removing and
Installing”, page 8 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
4 - Center Headlamp Bracket
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Center Headlamp
Bracket, Removing and
Installing”, page 8 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Outer Headlamp Bracket
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Outer Headlamp
Bracket, Removing and
Installing”, page 7 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
8 - Outer Radiator Bracket and
Upper Wheel Housing Liner
Bracket
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Outer Radiator Bracket and Upper Wheel Housing Liner Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page
9.
9 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 23 Nm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

6 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.4 Outer Headlamp Bracket, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Move the loosened part of the wheel housing liner -1- to the
side.
– Remove bolts -2- and -3- on the bumper cover bracket.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the lid lock. Refer to permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Leftwithand Right”,
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 58 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the outer headlamp bracket -3-.
– Remove bolts -4, 6 and 7- and the outer bumper cover bracket
-5-.
– Remove the headlamp adjuster -1- by removing bolt -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 ,
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”,
page 55 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1. Body Front 7
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.5 Center Headlamp Bracket, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the center headlamp bracket -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.6 Inner Headlamp Bracket, Removing and


Installing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Removing
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the headlamp adjuster -3- by removing bolt -2-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the inner headlamp bracket -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

8 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.7 Outer Radiator Bracket and Upper


Wheel Housing Liner Bracket, Remov‐
ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Only loosen and secure the radiator. Refer to ⇒ Engine Me‐
chanical, Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 19 .
– Remove the outer headlamp bracket -2-. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Outer Headlamp Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 7 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- on the outer radiator and wheel
housing liner bracket -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the outer radiator and
wheel housing liner bracket -1- downward.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Body Front 9
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.8 Inner Radiator Bracket, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the radiator. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical; Rep. Gr.
19 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the inner radiator bracket -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

10 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim,


Bumper Cover
⇒ “2.1 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover As‐
sembly Overview”, page 11
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 12
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing and
Installing”, page 13
⇒ “2.4 Cowl, Removing and Installing”, page 13

2.1 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover Assembly Overview

1 - Right Rubber Seal


❑ For the wheel housing
liner
❑ Replace Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
2 - Headlamp and Right Wheel
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Housing Liner Trim


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and
Wheel Housing Liner
Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 13 .
3 - Washer
❑ Insert between the
spring nut and trim
4 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ For the headlamp and
right wheel housing liner
trim
5 - Right A-Pillar Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 A-Pillar Cover,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 250 .
6 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ For the cowl panel trim
7 - Washer
❑ Insert between the
spring nut and trim
8 - Cowl Panel Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Cowl, Removing and Installing”, page 13 .
9 - Spring Nut
❑ For the quick release
10 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm

2. Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover 11


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

12 - Headlamp and Left Wheel Housing Liner Trim


❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 13 .
13 - Left Rubber Seal
❑ For the wheel housing liner
❑ Replace
14 - Washer
❑ Insert between the spring nut and trim
15 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 3
❑ For the headlamp and left wheel housing liner trim
16 - Washer
❑ Insert between the spring nut and trim.
17 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ For the bumper cover trim
18 - Bumper Cover Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 12 .

2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removingpermitted


and unless
In‐ authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

stalling
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment seal -2- in the bumper trim
area.
– Open the quick-releases -1- and -4-.
– Remove the bumper trim -3- upward -arrow A-. This frees up
the retaining tabs -arrows-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Insert the washer between the spring nut and the trim.

12 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner


Trim, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 12 .
– Remove the rubber strip -2-.
– Loosen the quick-release fasteners -arrows-.
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing trim -1- from the
luggage compartment liner retaining groove and guide it out
at the front lid linkage.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Insert the washer between the spring nut and the trim.
• The rubber strip -2- must lie evenly on the headlamp and wheel
housing liner trim.

2.4 Cowl, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the bumper cover trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 12 .
– Remove the left and right headlamp and wheel housing liner
trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .
– Loosen the quick-release fasteners -1-.

Caution

Danger of causing damage to the wind cowl.


♦ Coat the area between the windshield and the cowl with
some soapy water and remove the cowl trim -4- from the
edge of the windshield starting at the edge of the frame
vertically and working your way up -arrows A-.

– Remove the cowl panel trim -4- horizontally from the frame
-arrows A-.
– Disengage the gas-filled struts -2- and -3-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover 13


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– To do that, raise the retaining spring -2- with a small screw‐


driver -1- -arrow- and remove the gas-filled strut -3- from the
ball stud.

– Remove the cowl to the rear out of the luggage compartment


liner -arrow B-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Wiping the frame with soapy water will make it easier to install
the cowl.

Caution

Danger of window breaking.


♦ When installing, do not hit the cowl trim. Press the plenum
chamber cover into the frame.

• Insert the washer between the spring nut and the trim.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

14 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Fender
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Fender”, page 15
⇒ “3.2 End Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 16
⇒ “3.3 Fender, Removing and Installing”, page 16
⇒ “3.4 Fender Gap Dimensions”, page 16
⇒ “3.5 Fender Mounting Flange, Removing and Installing”,
page 17

3.1 Overview - Fender


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
1 - Plugs
❑ 2 or 3, depending on the
version
2 - End Plate
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 End Panel, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 16 .
3 - Fender Flange
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Fender Mounting
Flange, Removing and
Installing”, page 17 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
5 - Adjusting Buffer
❑ For the hood stop
6 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Fender
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Fender, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
16 .
8 - Nut
❑ 10 Nm
9 - Washer
10 - Spacer Plate
11 - Adjusting Screw
❑ For the bottom edge of the fender
12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm

3. Fender 15
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.2 End Panel, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
Removing
– Remove the wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Pry out the plugs -1- and -3- with a Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
-arrow-.

Note Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
♦ Silicone-free lubricant spray can be used for installing.
♦ Depending on the version, 2 or 3 plugs.

– Remove the end plate -2-.


Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

3.3 Fender, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Remove the sill panel trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
– Counterhold the adjusting screw. Refer to -item 11-
⇒ Item 11 (page 15) with a hex socket wrench while at the
same time removing the nut -4-.
– Remove the washer and fender -3-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Fender Gap Dimensions”, page 16 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Fender”, page 15 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– If necessary, adjust the lower edge of the side panel with the
adjusting bolt. Refer to -item 11- ⇒ Item 11 (page 15) so it is
flush with the door.

3.4 Fender Gap Dimensions

16 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Front Fender to the Door


• Gap dimension -a- = 3.5 ±
0.5 mm
-1- Front fender

Door -2-
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”,
page 111 .
B - Hood to the Front Bumper
• Gap dimension -b- = 3.5 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Front fender
-3- Headlamp and wheel hous‐
ing liner trim

-4- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3.5 Fender Mounting Flange, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the end plate. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 End Panel, Removing and Installing”, page 16 .
– Remove the fender. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Fender, Removing and Installing”, page 16 .
– Remove the screws -arrows- and the adjusting buffer -1- for
the hood stop.

Note

The illustration shows the installation position with the fender in‐
stalled.

3. Fender 17
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the fender mounting flange from the A-pillar.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Fender”, page 15 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the adjusting buffer for the hood stop. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

18 Rep. Gr.50 - Body Front


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4. Special Tools 19
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

53 – Body Rear
1 Trim Panels
⇒ “1.1 Engine Compartment Trim Assembly Overview”,
page 20
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing and
Installing”, page 22
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 22 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Center, Removing and
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing”, page 23

1.1 Engine Compartment Trim Assembly Overview

1 - Spring Nut
❑ For the quick release
2 - Washer
❑ Insert into the spring nut
so that it is flush
3 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 6
4 - Left Engine Compartment
Trim
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right En‐
gine Compartment
Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 22 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm
6 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
7 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
8 - Left B-Pillar Trim
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and
B-Pillar Trim, Removing
and Installing”,
page 22 .
9 - Left Hinge Trim Lower Sec‐
tion
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
10 - Left Hinge Trim Upper Section
❑ Self-adhesive

20 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to


⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
11 - Front Engine Compartment Trim In The Center
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Center, Removing and Installing”, page 23 .
12 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
13 - Right Hinge Trim Lower Section
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
14 - Right Hinge Trim Upper Section
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
15unless
permitted - Right B-Pillar
authorised Trim
by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
16 - Nut
❑ 18 Nm
17 - Right Engine Compartment Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 22 .
18 - Engine Compartment Lamp Mount
❑ Depending on version
19 - Quick Release
❑ Quantity: 6
20 - Washer
❑ Insert into the spring nut so that it is flush
21 - Spring Nut
❑ For the quick release
22 - Engine Compartment Lamp
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 .

1. Trim Panels 21
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment


Trim, Removing and Installing
Removing

Note

The illustration shows the left engine compartment trim.

– Remove engine compartment light, if equipped. Refer to ⇒


Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 .
– Loosen the quick-release fasteners -arrows-.
– Remove the cap from the power steering fluid reservoir.
– Disconnect the bottom of the rear lid gas-filled strut -2-.

Note

While disengaging the engine compartment lid gas-filled strut


-3- at the lower joint, a second technician must hold the lid se‐
curely.

– To do that, raise the retaining spring -2- with a small screw‐


driver -1- -arrow- and remove the gas-filled strut from the ball
stud.

– Raise the back of the engine compartment trim -1- and guide
the front of it out at the lid hinge.
– Press the gas-filled strut onto the ball stud.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Insert the washers flush in the spring nuts.
• The engine compartment trim must be seated correctly on the
side panel or the quick-release bolts cannot lock.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

and Installing
Removing
– Remove the left or right engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the nut -2- and the bolt -4-.
– Remove the B-pillar trim -3-.
– Remove the hinge trim -1-.

22 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Engine Compartment Trim Assembly Overview”,
page 20 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Remove the old adhesive tape from the body.
– Remove the protective film on the adhesive surfaces
-A through D- from the trim -1, 2 and 3-.
– Position the upper section of the trim -2- on the lower section
-1-.

Install the trim as follows:


1. Place the upper and lower trim sections together on the
body.
• The hole in the trim must align with the threaded hole.
• The gap to the edge of the roof -A- must be parallel.
2. Slide the B-pillar trim
AG. with thedoeshole onto the threaded pin.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AUDI AG not guarantee or accept any liability

3. Tighten the bolt on the upper and lower trim sections.


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4. Tighten the nut on the B-pillar trim.

1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Cen‐


ter, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the engine compartment left and right side trim pan‐
els. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the front engine compartment trim -1- in the center.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Engine Compartment Trim Assembly Overview”,
page 20 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1. Trim Panels 23
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Cover for Side Panel


⇒ “2.1 Side Panel Cover Assembly Overview”, page 24
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing and
Installing”, page 25
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing
and Installing”, page 27
⇒ “2.4 Side Panel Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 31

2.1 Side Panel Cover Assembly Overview

1 - Cover for Side Panel


❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling: without fuel filler
door, refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cov‐
er, without Fuel Filler
Door, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 25 ,
with fuel filler door, refer
to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cov‐
er, with Fuel Filler Door
Insert, Removing and
Installing”, page 27
2 - Adjusting Element
❑ For adjusting the side
panel cover to the
bumper contour
3 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm
4 - Guide Pin
❑ In the side panel cover
5 - Mount
❑ for the side panel cover
6 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
7 - O-Ring
❑ Replace if damaged.
8 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm
9 - Trim
❑ For the upper cover
10 - Adjusting Element
❑ For adjusting the side panel cover to the bumper contour
11 - Guide Pin
❑ In the side panel cover Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

12 - Bolt
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 10 Nm
13 - Mount
❑ for the side panel cover

24 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

14 - O-Ring
❑ Replace if damaged.
15 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
16 - Guide Pin
❑ In the side panel cover
17 - O-Ring
❑ Replace if damaged.
18 - Mount
❑ for the side panel cover
19 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
20 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
21 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
22 - Mount
❑ for the side panel cover
23 - O-Ring
❑ Replace if damaged.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

24 - Guide Pin
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ In the side panel cover

2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler


Door, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Carefully loosen the bonded joint between the air intake grille
-1- and the side panel cover -2- -arrows-.

2. Cover for Side Panel 25


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Pry the trim -1- out.


– Remove the bolts -2- and -4-.
– Carefully pull the side panel cover -3- out of the guides in the
direction of travel -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Side Panel Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 31 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Side Panel Cover Assembly Overview”, page 24 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Remove the old adhesive on the air intake grilled and the side
panel cover.
– Attach new double-sided tape -1- to the air intake grille
-arrow-.

– Check the adjusting element nut -1- for ease of movement


-arrows-.
– Rotate the adjusting nut all the way down but do not tightening
it.
– Insert the side panel cover in the guides.

26 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Tighten the bolts -2- and -4-.

Note

♦ When tightening the bolts, the adjusting nuts and adjusting el‐
ements turn themselves against the side panel cover mount‐
ing points -3- and secure them.
♦ Ignore -item 1- and the -arrow-.

– Press the side panel cover in the area with the adhesive tape
onto the tape.

2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door


Insert, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Disconnect the cable ties -3- on the emergency release cable
-1- on the rear crossmember.

Note

Ignore -Item 2-.

– Carefully loosen the bonded joint between the air intake grille
-1- and the side panel cover -2- -arrows-.

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
The adhesive is applied either in dots or along permitted
the entireunlesslength
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
of the air intake grille, depending on the version.with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Cover for Side Panel 27


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Pry out the trim -3-.


– Remove the bolts -2- and -4-.
– Carefully pull the side panel cover -1- out of the guides in the
direction of travel -arrow-.
– Remove the seal on the filler neck, if equipped.

Version I:
– Disconnect the connector -1- on the Fuel Filler Door Unlock
Motor - V155- .
– Pull the drain hose -2- on the fuel filler door insert -3- out of
the guide tube.

Version II:
– Disconnect the connector -2- on the Fuel Filler Door Unlock
Motor - V155- .
– Press the release button -arrow- and remove the drain hose
-1- from the fuel filler door insert drain pipe.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Side Panel Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 31 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Side Panel Cover Assembly Overview”, page 24 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note bythe
Protected following:
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

28 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Note

The adhesive -1- is applied either in dots or along the entire length
of the air intake grille, depending on the date of manufacture.

– Remove the old adhesive on the air intake grilled and the side
panel cover.
– Attach new double-sided tape -1- to the air intake grille
-arrow-.

– Check the adjusting element nut -1- for ease of movement


-arrows-.
– Rotate the adjusting nut all the way down but do not tightening
it.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Version I:

DANGER!

♦ Always make sure the drain hose for the fuel filler door
insert fits correctly in the drain pipe.
♦ Make sure the drain hose is installed correctly and that it
functions properly. Water in the fuel filler door insert must
flow through the drain hose downward and out of the sill
panel trim.

– Guide the drain hose -2- into the drain pipe -1- as far as di‐
mension -a-.
• Dimension -a- = approximately 70 mm.

2. Cover for Side Panel 29


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Version II:
– Connect the connector -2- on the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor
- V155- .

DANGER!

♦ Make sure the drain hose is installed correctly and that it


functions properly. Water in the fuel filler door insert must
flow through the drain hose downward and out of the sill
panel trim.

– Push the drain hose -1- onto the fuel filler door insert drain pipe
until it clicks into place -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Continuation for all vehicles:
– Insert the side panel cover in the guides.
– The sealing boot -2- must lie on the filler neck -3- smoothly and
without any wrinkles.
– Slide the seal -1- onto the filler neck and guide the sealing boot
in.
• The sealing boot must be guided into the seal in order to seal
correctly.

– Tighten the bolts -2- and -4-.

Note

♦ When tightening the bolts, the adjusting nuts and adjusting el‐
ements turn themselves against the side panel cover mount‐
ing points -1- and secure them.
♦ Ignore -item 3- and the -arrow-.

– Press the side panel cover in the area with the adhesive tape
onto the tape.

30 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Route the emergency release cable -1- as shown in the illus‐


tration.
– Secure the emergency release cable on the rear crossmem‐
ber with cable ties -3-.
• The pull loop -2- on the emergency release cable must move
easily and it must possible to pull it.

2.4 Side Panel Cover Gap Dimensions

Note

Ignore items -D and E-.

A - Side Panel Cover to the


Side Panel
• Gap dimension = 3.0 ± 0.5
mm
B - Side Panel Cover to the
Door
• Gap dimension = 3.8 ± 0.5
mm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
C - Side Panel Cover to the permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Door Handle
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

• Gap dimension = 4.0 ± 0.5


mm

2. Cover for Side Panel 31


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Side Panel
⇒ “3.1 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Assembly Over‐
view”, page 32
⇒ “3.2 Upper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 33
⇒ “3.3 Lower Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 33
⇒ “3.4 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Gap Dimen‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
sions”, page 35 permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “3.5 Upper Rear Side Panel Assembly Overview”, page 37
⇒ “3.6 Upper Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing”,
page 38
⇒ “3.7 Upper Rear Side Panel Gap Dimensions”, page 38

3.1 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Assembly Overview

1 - Lower Rear Side Panel


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Lower Rear Side
Panel, Removing and
Installing”, page 33 .
2 - Upper Cover
❑ For the side panel
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Upper Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 33 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Bracket
❑ for the rear lower side
panel
7 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
8 - Bracket
❑ for the rear lower side
panel
9 - Spring Nut
10 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ For the correct version depending on the date of manufacture, refer to the Parts Catalog
❑ 5 Nm

32 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

12 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

3.2 Upper Cover, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the cover from the side panel: without fuel filler door
insert, refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 25 , with fuel filler door insert, refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the upper cover -1-.

Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Gap Dimen‐
sions”, page 35 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Assembly
Overview”, page 32 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The centering pins in the upper cover -1- must engage in the
opening on the lower rear side panel -2- -arrows-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

3.3 Lower Rear Side Panel, Removing and


permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
Removing
– Remove the cover from the side panel: without fuel filler door
insert, refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 25 , with fuel filler door insert, refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Remove the wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the sill panel trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255 .

3. Side Panel 33
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the upper cover -1-.

– Remove the bolt -2-.


– Remove the bolt -3- while counterholding at the two flat spots
-arrow- on the double bolt -4-.
– Pull the air duct -1- out of the boot and remove it.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the clips -2- on the lower rear side panel from the B-
pillar. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Remove the bolt -4- on the side panel bracket.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the metal clips -3- from the lower rear side panel
-1-.

34 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Carefully release the retainers -1- and -2- on the lower rear
side panel -3- at the retaining tabs -arrows-.
– Remove the lower rear side panel.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Gap Dimen‐
sions”, page 35 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Assembly
Overview”, page 32 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
1. Press the lower rear side panel onto the retaining strip on
the upper rear side panel.
2. Tighten the retaining strip bolt on the upper rear side panel.
3. Tighten the lower rear side panel bolts on the bracket.
4. Tighten the lower rear side panel bolts to the sill panel.
5. Engage the clips to the B-pillar.
6. Tighten the bolts on the B-pillar and the bracket.
– Install the air duct. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep.
Gr. 24 .

3.4 Lower Rear Side Panel and Upper Cover Gap Dimensions

3. Side Panel 35
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Lower Side Panel to the


Side Panel Trim
• Gap dimension = 0 mm
B - Lower Rear Side Panel to
the B-Pillar
• Gap dimension = 0.5 ±
0.5 mm.
C - Upper Cover to the Door
Trim Molding
• Gap dimension = 6.2 ±
0.5 mm.
D - Upper Cover to the Side
Window
• Gap dimension = 2.0 ± 0.5
mm
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Upper Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 33 .
E - Lower Rear Side Panel to
the Upper Rear Side Panel
• Gap dimension = 2.5 ± 0.5
mm
F - Lower Rear Side Panel
Sideways to the Sill Panel Trim Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
• Gap dimension = 5.0 ± 1.0 with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
mm

36 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.5 Upper Rear Side Panel Assembly Overview

1 - Upper Rear Side Panel


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Upper Rear Side
Panel, Removing and
Installing”, page 38 .
2 - Bracket
❑ for the upper rear side
panel
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

3with
- Bolt
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 10 Nm
4 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
7 - Bracket
❑ for the upper rear side
panel
8 - Bracket
❑ for the upper rear side
panel
9 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
13 - Bracket
❑ for the upper rear side panel
14 - Bracket
❑ for the upper rear side panel
15 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
16 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
17 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
18 - Retaining Strip
❑ for the rear lower side panel

3. Side Panel 37
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.6 Upper Rear Side Panel, Removing and


Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
♦ Safety Gloves
Removing
– Remove the side panel cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 25 .
– Remove the lower rear side panel. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Lower Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing”, page
33 .
– Remove the left or right engine compartment trim
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the tail lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 94 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- on the upper rear side panel -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Disconnect the cable ties -2-.
– Remove the upper rear side panel -1-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Upper Rear Side Panel Gap Dimensions”, page 38 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Upper Rear Side Panel Assembly Overview”,
page 37 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Install the lower rear side panel. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Lower Rear Side Panel, Removing and Installing”, page
33 .
– Install the side panel cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
and Installing”, page 25 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3.7 Upper Rear Side Panel Gap Dimensions

38 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Lower Rear Side Panel to


the Upper Rear Side Panel
• Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Lower Rear Side
Panel and Upper Cover
Gap Dimensions”, page 35
B - Side Panel Cover to the Up‐
per Rear Side Panel
• Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ “2.4 Side Panel Cover
Gap Dimensions”, page 31
C - Upper Rear Side Panel to
the Roof
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
D - Upper Rear Side Panel to
the Air Intake Grille
• Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions,
Rear Lid”, page 71
E - Upper Rear Side Panel to
Rear Lid and Rear Spoiler Trim
• Gap dimension, rear lid
trim, refer to
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions,
Rear Lid”, page 71
• Rear spoiler gap dimension
refer to
⇒ “5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Di‐
mensions”, page 275
F - Upper Rear Side Panel to
the Tail Lamp Assembly
• Gap dimension = 1.0 ± 0.5
mm
G - Upper Rear Side Panel to the Tail Lamp Assembly
• Gap dimension = 1.0 ± 0.5 mm
H - Upper Rear Side Panel to the Bumper Cover
• Gap dimension, refer to ⇒ “2.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 170
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Side Panel 39
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Upper Longitudinal Member and


Rear Crossmember
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember As‐
sembly Overview”, page 40
⇒ “4.2 Upper Left Longitudinal Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 41
⇒ “4.3 Upper Right Longitudinal Member, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 42
⇒ “4.4 Rear Crossmember, Removing and Installing”, page 43

4.1 Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember Assembly Overview

1 - Left Adjusting Buffer


2 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer
and Rear Lid Lock As‐
sembly Overview”, page
85 .
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Rear Lid Rack,
Tightening Specification
and Sequence”“ ,
page 41 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
5 - Upper Left Longitudinal
Member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Upper Left Longi‐
tudinal Member,permitted
Re‐ unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

moving and Installing”,


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 41 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
7 - Upper Right Longitudinal
Member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Upper Right Lon‐
gitudinal Member, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 42 .
8 - Spring Nut
9 - Heat Shield
❑ For rear lid lock
10 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview”, page 85 .

40 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

11 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview”, page 85 .
12 - Rear Lid Latch
13 - Bracket
❑ For rear lid lock
14 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview”, page 85 .
15 - Right Adjusting Buffer
16 - Rear Crossmember
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.4 Rear Crossmember,
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Removing and Installing”, page 43 .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Rear Lid Rack, Tightening Specification and Sequence


– Tighten the bolts to 12 Nm in a -1, 2 and 3- sequence.

4.2 Upper Left Longitudinal Member, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing

Note

When installing, bring all cable ties back to same positions.

– Remove the left engine compartment trim. Refer to


⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the secondary air injection pump. Refer to ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Loosen bolts -arrows- a few turns.
– Remove the bolt -2- and the bracket -1- with the engine control
module.
– Move the engine control module with the bracket to the side
and secure it against falling down.

Note

The illustration shows the bracket with the engine removed.

4. Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember 41


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the secondary air injection


pump bracket.
– Remove the fasteners -2- and -3- and free up the fuel line.
– Remove the nut -6- on the electrical wiring harness clip and
press the wiring harness to the side.

Caution

Risk of damaging refrigerant lines and hoses.


♦ Do not bend, twist or stretch the refrigerant lines and ho‐
ses.

– Remove the bolt on the refrigerant line retaining bracket -4-


and the power steering line clip -7-.
– Remove the heat shield bolts -1- and -5-.

– Remove the bolts -1, 2 and 3- and the upper left longitudinal
member.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember
Assembly Overview”, page 40 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the engine control module with the bracket. Refer to ⇒
Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 .
– Install the secondary air injection pump. Refer to ⇒ Fuel In‐
jection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Install the left engine compartment trim, refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .

4.3 Upper Right Longitudinal Member, Re‐


moving and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Removing

Note

When installing, bring all cable ties back to same positions.

– Remove the right engine compartment trim. Refer to


⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the EVAP canister. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Supply; Rep. Gr.
20 .

42 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -5-.


– Slide the coolant reservoir forward slightly -arrow- and remove
it from the bracket.
– Tie the coolant reservoir with connected coolant hoses
-1, 3 and 4- and connected electrical connector -2- to the rear
lid hinge.

– Remove the bolt -arrows- and the coolant reservoir bracket.

– Free up the wiring harness -2- and the EVAP canister hose
-5- with the Pry Lever - 80 - 200- .
– Remove the heat shield bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 4- and the upper right longitudinal
member.
Installing
• Tightening specification.
ProtectedRefer to Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
by copyright.
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudinal Member
permitted unless andby Rear
authorised AUDI AG. Crossmember
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Assembly Overview”,withpage 40to.the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
respect

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:


– Install the EVAP canister. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Supply; Rep. Gr.
20 .
– Install the right engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .

4.4 Rear Crossmember, Removing and In‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Mechanical Door Brace - VAG1438-
♦ Trim Release Lever - T10039-

4. Upper Longitudinal Member and Rear Crossmember 43


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Remove the engine compartment trim -1- and -3-. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .

Note

Ignore -Item 2-.

– Remove the rear lid lock. Refer to


⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Disconnect the connector for the rear spoiler.

– If the vehicle has a DSG transmission, remove the air filter


housing. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 .
– Remove the heat shield bolts -arrows-.
– Free up the wiring harness and the rear lid lock cable.

– Remove the left and right bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the rear crossmember.

Note

If it is difficult to remove the rear lid rack, then it is possible to


expand the vehicle frame approximately 1 mm using Mechanical
Door Brace - VAG1438- and Wedge - T10039/1- .

– If the rear crossmember is replaced:


♦ Remove the rear spoiler. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 275 .
♦ Remove the center bumper cover mount. Referauthorised
to
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing
with respect to and Installing”,
the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 172 .
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Rear Lid Rack, Tightening Specification and Se‐
quence”“ , page 41 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Install the left and right engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .

44 Rep. Gr.53 - Body Rear


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Mechanical Door Brace - VAG1438-

♦ Trim Release Lever - T10039-

♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5. Special Tools 45
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

55 – Hood, Lids
1 Hood
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46
⇒ “1.2 Fresh Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”,
page 48
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 48
⇒ “1.4 Hood Hinge, Removing and Installing”, page 49
⇒ “1.5 Striker Pin with Catch, Removing and Installing”,
page 50
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing and Installing”, page
50
⇒ “1.7 Hood Gap Dimensions”, page 50
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52
⇒ “1.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 53
⇒ “1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 54
⇒ “1.11 Hood Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 54

1.1 Overview - Hood

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

46 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Luggage Compartment
Seal
2 - Ball Stud
❑ 23 Nm
3 - Gas-Filled Strut
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Gas-Filled Strut,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 53 .
4 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
5 - Striker Pin With Catch
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Striker Pin with
Catch, Removing and
Installing”, page 50 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
7 - Right Striker Pin
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right
Striker Pins, Removing
and Installing”,
page 50 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
8 - Right Anti-Twist Mecha‐
nism
❑ for the striker pinProtected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ Removing and installing. Refer
permitted unless to by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
authorised
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

9 - Hood
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 48 .
10 - Stop Buffer
❑ For adjusting the height of the hood
11 - Fresh Air Intake Grille
❑ Inside the hood
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Fresh Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 48 .
12 - Left Striker Pin
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .
13 - Left Anti-Twist Mechanism
❑ for the striker pin
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing and Installing”, page 50 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm

1. Hood 47
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

15 - Nut
❑ 4 Nm
16 - For the Hood Stop
17 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
18 - Adjusting Buffer
❑ For the hood stop
19 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm
20 - Hood Hinge
❑ For removal and installation, remove the hood or support it securely.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Hood Hinge, Removing and Installing”, page 49 .
21 - Nut
❑ 24 Nm

1.2 Fresh Air Intake Grille, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Release the retaining tabs -arrows-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the fresh air intake grille. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing


Removing
– R8 GT: Remove the headlamp and left wheel housing liner
trim. Refer to
⇒ “2 Cowl Panel Trim and Headlamp Trim, Bumper Cover”,
page 11 .
– Disconnect connector -1- and free up wiring harness -2-.

48 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the spray nozzles. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;


Rep. Gr. 92 .
– Guide the wiring harness -1- and washer fluid line out of the
hood.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ A second technician is needed during removal and instal‐
lation to support and hold the hood.

– Remove the gas-filled strut from the hood. Refer to


⇒ “1.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 53 .
– Remove the left and right nuts -2- and -3- on the hinge.
– Remove the hood.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the hood. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

1.4 Hood Hinge, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the hood. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hood, Removing and Installing”, page 48 .
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Mark the Hood hinge installation position at the A-pillar with a
felt tip pin for installation later.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the lid hinge.

Note

Depending on the version, 2 or 3 screws.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the hood hinge stop screw to dimension -a-.
• Dimension -a- = 34 mm.
– Install the hood hinge according to the marking applied during
removal. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Adjust the hood. Refer
with respect to correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
to the
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

1. Hood 49
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.5 Striker Pin with Catch, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the cap nuts -3-.
– Remove striker pin -2- with catch on hood -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.6 Left and Right Striker Pins, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Open the hood.
– Remove the bolt -1- and the striker pin anti-twist mechanism
-2-.
– Remove the hood catch -3-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the catch, refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

1.7 Hood Gap Dimensions

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

50 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Hood to Bumper Cover


• Gap dimension -a- = 4.5 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Bumper cover

-2- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
B - Hood to Radiator Grille
• Gap dimension -b- = 4.5 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Radiator grille
-2- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
C - Hood to Bumper Cover
Side Piece
• Gap dimension -c- = 3.5 ±
0.5 mm
-1- bumper cover side piece

-2- Hood

-3- Headlamp and wheel hous‐


ing liner trim
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
D - Hood to Front Door
• Gap dimension -d- = 3.5 ± 0.5 mm
-1- Front door

-2- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .
E - Hood to Front Side Panel Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
• Gap dimension -e- = 3.5 ± 1.0 mm with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

-1- Front side panel

-2- Hood

-3- Headlamp and wheel housing liner trim


❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .
F - Hood to Headlamp
• Gap dimension = 3.5 ± 1 mm
The hood extends over the headlamp.

• Overhang = 8.0 ± 1.0 mm

1. Hood 51
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.8 Hood, Adjusting


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-
Procedure
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Hood Gap Dimensions”, page 50 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Hood”, page 46 .
Side and Length Adjustment at the Hinge:
– Loosen the left and right nuts -A- on the hinge -1-.
– Adjust the hood -2- from side to side and lengthwise.
– Tighten the nuts -A-.
Height Adjustment at the Hinge:
– Loosen the left and right bolts -B- on the hinge -1-.
– Adjust the height of the hood -2-.
– Tighten the bolts -B-.

Note

Check the lid hinge stop bolt height adjustment, refer to


⇒ page 49 .

Hood Lock Height Adjustment:


• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”,
page 55 .
– Loosen the bolts -arrows-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Adjust the height of lid lock -1-unless
permitted in front lockbycarrier
authorised AUDI AG.-2-.
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• The striker pin with the hood catch must engage vertically in
the lid lock.
– Tighten the bolts -arrows-.

Note

Depending on the version, 2 or 4 screws.

52 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Height Adjustment at the left and Right Hood Locks:


• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”,
page 55 .
– Remove the bolt -1- and the striker pin anti-twist mechanism
-2-.
– Install lid lock striker pin -3- in the hood as far as the stop and
then loosen it 3 turns.
• During the closing test, the lid must fall from the balance po‐
sition into the lid lock and engage completely.
– Change the striker pin height adjustment if necessary.
– Position the anti-twist mechanism -2- on the striker pin -3-.
– Secure the anti-twist mechanism with the bolt -1-.

Adjust the Stop Buffer:


• The inner stop buffers -1- and -2- act as a strike guard and
should not make contact with the lid closed.
– Adjust the height of the hood stop buffers by turning them.

Adjusting the Hood Guide:


• The guide -2- must lie behind the guide pin -1- without a gap.
– To adjust, loosen the bolts -3, 4 and 5- and slide the guide pin
accordingly -arrows-.

1.9 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
WARNING
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

There is the risk of an accident.


♦ Support the lid or secure it against falling down before re‐
moving a gas-filled strut.

1. Hood 53
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Detach the gas-filled strut for the hood by lifting retaining


spring -2- using a small screwdriver -1- -arrow-. Now remove
gas-filled strut -3- from the ball stud.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The gas-filled strut is installed on the lid side.
– Press the gas-filled strut onto the ball stud until it engages au‐
dibly.

1.10 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas


Procedure
– Clamp gas-filled strut in a vise in area -x- = 50 mm.

WARNING
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Risk of injury!
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Only clamp in this area.


♦ Wear protective eyewear when sawing.

Note

To collect escaping oil, cover the cut area with a cleaning cloth.

– Cut through the gas-filled strut cylinder within the first third of
the overall cylinder length using the piston rod end of the cyl‐
inder as a reference point.

1.11 Hood Seal, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the front lid seal -1- at the luggage compartment liner
-2-.
Installing
– Position the seal at the left and right on the luggage compart‐
ment liner flange.
– Make sure it is applied without gaps.
– Compress the excess seal length along the lock carrier.

54 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Hood Latch
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”, page 55
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”, page
58
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor V53 , Removing
and Installing”, page 59
⇒ “2.5 Hood Emergency Release Cable Assembly Overview”,
page 59
⇒ “2.6 Hood Emergency Release Cable, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 61
⇒ “2.7 Hood Latch Cable, Removing and Installing, Left and
Right”, page 62
⇒ “2.8 Hood Lock Cable Mount, Removing and Installing, Left and
Right”, page 62
⇒ “2.9 Hood Lock Cables, Adjusting”, page 63
⇒ “2.10 Emergency Release Inside Luggage Compartment As‐
sembly Overview, Country-Specific”, page 63
⇒ “2.11 Interior Luggage Compartment Release, Removing and
Installing”, page 66

2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Hood Latch 55
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
2 - Lock Carrier
3 - Hood Latch
❑ With Engine Hood Con‐
tact Switch - F266-
❑ Can be used to adjust
the hood height. Refer
to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 57 .
4 - Retaining Plate
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central
Locking System Motor
V53 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 59 .
5 - Rear Lid Central Locking
System Motor - V53-
❑ Removing and instal‐ Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
ling. Refer to permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Locking System Motor


V53 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 59 .
6 - Right Hood Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Re‐
moving and Installing, Left and Right”, page 58 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
9 - Left Hood Lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”, page 58 .
10 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ “1.1 Overview - Lock Carrier”, page 4 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm

56 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Tightening Specification Hood Latch


– Tighten the bolts -arrows- to 9 Nm.

2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the retaining plate -1- and the hood motor.

– Disconnect the connector -1-. Remove connector -2- from


mounting and free up electrical wiring harness.
– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Remove nuts -5- and signal horn -3-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Hood Latch 57
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Guide hood latch -2- downward and disengage hood emer‐
gency release cable on hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Hood Emergency Release Cable Assembly Overview”,
page 59 .
– Push the coolant hose as far to the side as possible and re‐
move hood latch downward from lock carrier -1-.

Note

If the hood latch on the coolant hose cannot be pulled aside, re‐
move the coolant hose. Refer to ⇒ Engine Mechanical; Rep. Gr.
19 .

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer toby copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Protected
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification
permitted Hood Latch”“by,AUDI
unless authorised page AG.57AUDI . AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install central locking system motor. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor V53 , Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 59 .
– Adjust the hood. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing,


Left and Right
Removing
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the lid lock -1- until the cable is visible,

– Release the retaining tab -1- -arrow A- remove the cable


bracket -5- from the mount -2- -arrow B-.
– Remove the cable bracket -3- from the release lever -4- on the
lid lock.
– Remove the lid lock.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”, page 55 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the hood. Refer to ⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”, page 52 .

58 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.4 Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor


- V53- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Disconnect the connector -2-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the retaining plate -1- and the hood motor.

– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.


– Slide the Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor - V53-
-item 4- in the direction of the -arrow- and disengage the
retaining plate -3-.

Note

In vehicles with a welded retaining plate, only loosen bolts -1- and
-2- and slide the Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor - V53-
out in the direction of the arrow.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Latch and Hood Motor Assembly Overview”, page 55 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.5 Hood Emergency Release Cable Assembly Overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Hood Latch 59
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Hood Latch
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 57 .
2 - Right Cable
❑ for the right Hood lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Hood Latch Ca‐
ble, Removing and In‐
stalling, Left and Right”,
page 62 .
3 - Hood Emergency Release
Cable
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Hood Emergency
Release Cable, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
61 .
4 - Right Hood Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐ Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

ling. Refer to
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Left and Right”,
page 58 .
5 - Grommet
❑ Passenger compart‐
ment seal
6 - Glove Compartment
7 - Left Hood Lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”, page 58 .
8 - Left Cable
❑ for the left Hood lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Hood Latch Cable, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”, page 62 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “2.9 Hood Lock Cables, Adjusting”, page 63 .
9 - Mount
❑ for the cables to the left and right Hood locks
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Hood Lock Cable Mount, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”, page 62 .

60 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.6 Hood Emergency Release Cable, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
– Remove the right headlamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
– Press the release lever -2- on the cable -1- in the direction of
-arrow A-.
– Swivel the cable mounting bracket with the cable in direction
of -arrow B- and disengage is from the hood latch -3-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the grommet -2- from the plenum chamber bulkhead.


– Remove the emergency release cable from the retainers and
from the lock carrier -1-.

Note

The illustration shows the installation position with the hood lock
removed -3-.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Engage the bracket -5- with the cable on the front lid lock -4-
and move it up until the retainer -1- engages -arrow-. This
engage the cable nipple -3- on the lid lock release operating
lever -2-.
– Install the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
– Install the right headlamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Install the glove compartment. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 68 .

2. Hood Latch 61
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.7 Hood Latch Cable, Removing and In‐


stalling, Left and Right
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the affected lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”,
page 58 .
– Press the foam grommet -2- to the side at the cable mount
while disconnecting the cable ties -3-.
– Release the clips -arrows- and fold the cover -1- up.

– Remove the cable brackets -1- and -6- from the cable mount
-3-.
– Disengage the left -2- or right -5- lid lock cable nipple from the
mount -4-.
– Disconnect the cable ties and remove the lid lock cable.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

When installing, bring all cable ties back to same positions.

– Install the hood lock. Refer to


⇒ “2.3 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing, Left and Right”,
page 58 .
– Install the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 94 .
– Install the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

2.8 Hood Lock Cable Mount, Removing and


Installing, Left and Right
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Press the foam grommet -2- to the side at the cable mount
while disconnecting the cable ties -3-.
– Release the clips -arrows- and fold the cover -1- up.

62 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the cable brackets -1- and -6- from the cable mount
-3-.
– Disengage the cable nipple -2- and -5- from the mount -4-.

– Open the tab -arrow- and remove the cable mounting bracket
-2- from the mount -5-.
– Disengage the cable nipple -3- from the release lever -4-.
– Remove the cable bracket -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

2.9 Hood Lock Cables, Adjusting


Procedure
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
When pressing the release lever on the Rear Lid Central Locking
System Motor - V53- , the lid locks at the left and right headlamp
mount must be operated at the same time.
– Operate the Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor - V53- :
• The releases at the left and right of the lid lock must be oper‐
ated at the same time.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Bring the left andpermitted
right lid lock into the “closed” position:
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• The actuating links must allow the lock mechanisms on the
hood locks to engage up to the stop.
• The actuating links must then be relieved.
– Turn the adjuster -1- on the actuating link accordingly
-arrows- if necessary.

2.10 Emergency Release Inside Luggage Compartment Assembly Overview,


Country-Specific

2. Hood Latch 63
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Emergency Release in the


Luggage Compartment Interi‐
or
❑ with Luggage Compart‐
ment Release Solenoid
- N188-
❑ with the release handle
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Interior Luggage
Compartment Release,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 66 . Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

2 - Connector
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ for Luggage Compart‐
ment Release Solenoid
- N188-
3 - Cable
❑ For the interior luggage
compartment emergen‐
cy release
❑ A component of the in‐
terior luggage compart‐
ment emergency re‐
lease
❑ Do not kink
❑ Opening the cable con‐
nections
⇒ Fig. ““Opening the Ca‐
ble Connections”“ ,
page 65 .
❑ Adjusting cable
⇒ Fig. ““Adjusting the
Cables”“ , page 65
4 - Cable
❑ For the interior luggage compartment emergency release
❑ Do not kink
❑ Opening the cable connections, refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Opening the Cable Connections”“ , page 65 .
❑ Cable eye installation position on the front lid lock operating lever, refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Cable Eye Installation Position on the Front Hood Lock Operating Lever”“ , page 65
5 - Retaining Plate
❑ For the Rear Lid Central Locking System Motor - V53-
❑ with the catch release
6 - Cable
❑ For the catch release
❑ Do not kink
❑ Opening the cable connections, refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Opening the Cable Connections”“ , page 65 .
7 - Cable
❑ For the catch release
❑ A component of the interior luggage compartment emergency release
❑ Do not kink
❑ Opening the cable connections, refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Opening the Cable Connections”“ , page 65 .
❑ Adjusting cable, refer to ⇒ Fig. ““Adjusting the Cables”“ , page 65

64 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Opening the Cable Connections


– Fold up the cable tie cover -arrow A-.

– Loosen the cable sleeve from the guide -arrow B- and disen‐
gage the cable nipple from the eye -arrow C-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Cable Eye Installation Position on the Front Hood Lock Operating


Lever
– Install both cable yes that are engaged on the front lid lock
operating lever -1- as follows:
• The flat sides -arrows- of the crimped areas must face each
other so the ends of the cables do not get caught on each
other.

Adjusting the Cables


– Operate the emergency release:
• Both operating levers for the front lid lock and the catches must
move at the same time.
– Bring the emergency release back into the rest position.
• The cables must be released (little play).
– If necessary, tension or relieve the cables at the adjusters
-arrows-.

2. Hood Latch 65
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.11 Interior Luggage Compartment Re‐


lease, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment liner on vehicles with an
interior luggage compartment emergency release. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the bolt -1-.
– Slide the emergency release toward the driver side -arrow-
and remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the luggage compartment liner on vehicles with an in‐
terior luggage compartment emergency release. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

66 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Rear Lid
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70
⇒ “3.3 Lid Hinge, Removing and Installing”, page 71
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid”, page 71
⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 71
⇒ “3.6 Rear Lid, Bringing into Service Position”, page 73
⇒ “3.7 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 74
⇒ “3.8 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 75
⇒ “3.9 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 75
⇒ “3.10 Spring Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 76
⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 Coupe”,
page 76
⇒ “3.12 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 GT”,
page 77
⇒ “3.13 Air Intake Frame, Removing and Installing, R8 GT”, page
79
⇒ “3.14 Rear Lid Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 81
⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Trim, Adjusting”, page 81
⇒ “3.16 Rear Lid Trim Panel Assembly Overview”, page 81
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83
⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 84

3.1 Overview - Rear Lid

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Rear Lid 67
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
2 - Bracket
❑ For the rear lid trim
3 - Left Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, R8 Coupe”,
page 76 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ page 77 .
4 - Left Gas-Filled Strut
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Gas-Filled Strut,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 74 .
5 - Nut
❑ 23 Nm
6 - Washer
7 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
8 - Left Hinge
❑ For the rear lid with stop
9Protected
- RearbyLid copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Removing
with respect and instal‐
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
70 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 71 .
❑ Bring into service position ⇒ “3.6 Rear Lid, Bringing into Service Position”, page 73
10 - Right Hinge
❑ For the rear lid with stop
11 - Ball Stud
❑ for the gas-filled strut
❑ 23 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
13 - Adjusting nut
❑ For adjusting the height of the air intake grille
14 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
15 - Clip
16 - Bracket
❑ For the air intake grille
17 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm

68 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

18 - Adjusting Element
❑ For adjusting the air intake grille
19 - Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 Coupe”, page 76 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ page 77 .
20 - Right Gas-Filled Strut
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.7 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Installing”, page 74 .
21 - Rear Lid Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.14 Rear Lid Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 81 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Trim, Adjusting”, page 81 .
22 - Satellite Antenna - R170-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 .
23 - Frame
❑ for the Satellite Antenna - R170-
24 - Frame
❑ for the Radio/Telephone Antenna - R51-
25 - Radio/Telephone Antenna - R51-
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 .
26 - Spacer Plate
❑ for the spring unit
27 - Spring Unit
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.10 Spring Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 76 .
28 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
29 - Catch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.9 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 75 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 71 .
30 - Bracket
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ For the rear lid trim permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
31 - Bracket
❑ For the rear lid trim
32 - Bracket
❑ For the rear lid trim
33 - Nut
❑ 3 Nm

3. Rear Lid 69
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the right engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Disconnect the connectors -1- and -2-.

Note

Depending on the version, 1 or 2 connectors. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the nut -1-.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ A second technician will be needed to support the rear lid
while it is being removed and installed.

– Loosen the nut -2- two turns.

– Disengage the left and right engine compartment lid gas-filled


strut by raising the retaining spring -2- with a small screwdriver
-1- -arrow- and removing the strut -3- from the ball stud.

– Remove the rear lid -3- from the hinge in direction of -arrow-
with a second technician.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 71 .

70 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.3 Lid Hinge, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the rear lid. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the hinge -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “3.1 Overview
with respect -toRear Lid”, page
the correctness 67 . in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
of information

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:


– Install the rear lid, refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .

3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid

A - Upper Rear Side Panel to


the Rear Lid Trim
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
B - Upper Rear Side Panel to
the Air Intake Grille
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
C - Air Intake Grille to the Rear
Window
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
D - Roof to the Rear Window
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjust‐
ing”, page 71 .
E - Rear Window to the Rear
Lid Trim
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Trim,
Adjusting”, page 81 .
F - Rear Lid Trim to the Rear
Spoiler
• Gap dimension
⇒ “5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Di‐
mensions”, page 275

3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting


Special tools and workshop equipment required

3. Rear Lid 71
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-


Procedure
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid”, page 71 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
Side and Length Adjustment at the Hinge:
– Loosen the left and right nuts -1- on the hinge -2-.
– Adjust the rear lid -3- from side to side and from back to rear.
– Tighten the nuts -1-.
Adjusting Height at the Angle Bracket:
– Loosen the left and right bolts -5- on the angle bracket -4-.
– Adjust the height of the rear lid -3-.
– Tighten the bolts -5-.

Height Adjustment at the Hinge: Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
• The bolt -1- must touch the hinge stop with
-2-respect
whento the rear lid ofisinformation in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
the correctness
closed.
– Rotate the bolt if necessary.

Adjusting Catch Height:


• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
– Remove the bolt -3- and the striker pin anti-twist mechanism
-1-.
– Install lid lock striker pin -2- in the rear lid as far as the stop
and then loosen it 3 turns.
• During the closing test, the lid must fall from the balance po‐
sition into the lid lock and engage completely.
– Change the striker pin height adjustment if necessary.
– Position the anti-twist mechanism -1- on the striker pin -2-.
– Secure the anti-twist mechanism with the bolt -3-.

72 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Adjust the Stop Buffer:


– Turn the stop buffer adjusting bolt -1- with a hex socket wrench
-2- -arrows- until the closed lid comes into contact.
• The rear lid must lie on the lid side stop with light tension.
• Check if the rear lid sits without tension and closes by pressing
or pulling at the side edges of the rear lid.
– Repeat the adjustment if necessary.

Note Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
The illustration shows the stop buffer in sections.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1- Protective Cap
2- Adjusting Screw
3- Stop Buffer

3.6 Rear Lid, Bringing into Service Position


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Support Stays - T40143-
Procedure

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ A second technician is needed to support and hold the rear
lid.

– Disengage the left and right engine compartment lid gas-filled


strut by raising the retaining spring -2- with a small screwdriver
-1- -arrow- and removing the strut -3- from the ball stud.

3. Rear Lid 73
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Press the Support Stays - T40143- onto both ball studs until
they engage audibly.
– Install the threaded sleeves all the way on the ball pin
-arrows- and lock the Support Stays - T40143- .

WARNING

There is the risk of an accident.


♦ Only work on the vehicle after tightening the knurled bush‐
ings -arrows-.

3.7 Gas-Filled Strut, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ A second technician is needed to support and hold the rear
lid.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Detach the gas-filled strut for the rear lid by lifting retaining
spring -2- using a small screwdriver -1- -arrow-. Now remove
gas-filled strut -3- from the ball stud.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The gas-filled strut is installed on the body side.
– Press the gas-filled strut onto the ball stud until it engages au‐
dibly.

74 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.8 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas


Procedure
• Gas-filled strut removed.
– Clamp gas-filled strut in a vise in area -x- = 50 mm.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Only clamp in this area.
♦ Wear protective eyewear when sawing.

Note

To collect escaping oil, cover the cut area with a cleaning cloth.

– Cut through the gas-filled strut cylinder within the first third of
the overall cylinder length using the piston rod end of the cyl‐
inder as a reference point.

3.9 Catch, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Open the rear lid.
– Remove the bolt -3- and the striker pin anti-twist mechanism
-1-.
– Remove the hood catch -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– byAdjust
Protected copyright.the catch,
Copying referor to
for private commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “3.5
permitted unless RearbyLid,
authorised AUDIAdjusting”,
AG. AUDI AG does page 71 . or accept any liability
not guarantee
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Rear Lid 75
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.10 Spring Unit, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Open the rear lid.
– Remove the rubber buffer -1- from the spring unit -arrow A-.
– Press the clips together -B arrows- and remove the spring unit
stop -3-.

Note

When pushing together, the stop is ejected by the spring force.

– Remove the spring -2- and stop.

– Remove the spring unit mount -1- from the engine compart‐
ment lid by pressing the clips together at the same time
-arrows-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, R8 permitted
Coupe
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Removing
– Remove the top center trim
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the left or right trim
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the bolts -2 to 5-.
– Slide the air intake grille -1- all the way in the direction of the
-arrow- and remove it.

76 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the air intake grille tabs -1- on the rear lid -2- into the
mounts -arrows- and slide down.

– Make sure the air intake grille -3- is at the same height as the
rear window -4-.
– Rotate the adjusting nut -2- if necessary.
– Tighten the bolt -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3.12 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, R8 GT
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939A-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- (quantity:
2) from the Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves
♦ Cutting Wire for Loosening Window Glass - 357 853 999 A-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
♦ Adhesive - DA 001 730 A2-

3. Rear Lid 77
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Remove the rear window. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 233 .
– Thread the cutting wire -2- into the pull handles -VAG1351/1-
and then position it on the air intake grille.
– Cut the air intake grille -1- off the rear lid -3- by using the pull
handles - VAG1351/1- in a sawing motion.
– Remove the air intake grille.

Caution

Danger of causing damage to the rear lid.


♦ Be very careful not to damage the rear lid when using the
sawing motions.
♦ Replace the rear lid if the rear lid flange gets damaged.
Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Cut smooth any adhesive that may still be on the rear lid flange
using a carpet knife just before installing, but do not remove
completely!

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


♦ Cut back the adhesive surface shortly before installing.
♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive
surface.

– Clean the adhesive surface on the air intake grille all around
with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- on the adhesive
surface.
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

78 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the entire tip -2- on the rear lid flange.


• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.

Note

Cross-section thickness of adhesive bead is determined by di‐


mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.

– Apply the adhesive -2- as illustrated.


– Install the air intake grille -1-. Be careful of the different dis‐
tances to the rear lid flange -3-.

Caution

♦ Install the air intake grille within 15 minutes, otherwise


bonding properties of adhesive will be impaired.
♦ If adhesive starts to leak out at the bottom when installing
the air intake grille, wipe it off immediately.

– Minimum curing time: 3 hours.


– Install the rear window. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 233 .

3.13 Air Intake Frame, Removing and Instal‐


ling, R8 GT
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939A-
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Cleaning Solution - Dunless
permitted 009authorised
401 04- by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
♦ Adhesive - DA 001 730 A2-

3. Rear Lid 79
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing

Caution

Danger of causing damage to the air intake grille.


♦ Be careful not to damage the air intake grille -3- under the
frame for the air intake.
♦ Replace the rear lid if the air intake grille gets damaged.
Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .

– Break the air intake frame -1- and remove it from the rear lid
trim -2-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Remove all remaining adhesive.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.

– Clean the adhesive surface on the air intake grille all around
with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .

– Apply the adhesive -3- all around as illustrated.


– Insert the air intake frame -1- into the opening for the rear lid
trim -2-.

Caution

♦ It is important to install the air intake frame within 15 mi‐


nutes otherwise the adhesive bonding will be impaired.
♦ Wipe off any adhesive that leaks out around the edges of
the air intake frame -arrow- immediately.

– Minimum curing time: 3 hours.


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

80 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.14 Rear Lid Trim, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the top center trim
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the left or right trim
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the bottom center trim
⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 84 .
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the trim -1- from the rear lid -2-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid”, page 71 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Rear Lid”, page 67 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the rear lid trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.15 Rear Lid Trim, Adjusting”, page 81 .

3.15 Rear Lid Trim, Adjusting


Procedure
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Gap Dimensions, Rear Lid”, page 71 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview
Protected by copyright.- Copying
Rear forLid”, page
private 67 . purposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Tighten the bolts
with respect -arrows-of by
to the correctness hand.in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
information

– Close the rear lid and check the gap dimensions. Move the
rear lid trim to the side, if necessary.
– Tighten the bolts.
– Install the bottom center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 84 .
– Install the left or right trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Install the top center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .

3.16 Rear Lid Trim Panel Assembly Overview

3. Rear Lid 81
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Expanding Clip
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
3 - Left Trim
❑ For rear lid longitudinal
member
❑ Secured with clips, de‐
pending on the version
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right
Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 83 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
6 - Expanding Clip
7 - Upper Center Trim
❑ For rear lid crossmem‐
ber
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center
Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 83 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
9 - Right Trim
❑ For rear lid longitudinal
member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 83 .
10 - Expanding Clip
11 - Lower Center Trim
❑ For rear lid crossmember
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 84 .
12 - Expanding Clip
13 - Expanding Clip

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

82 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the upper center trim -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.16 Rear Lid Trim Panel Assembly Overview”, page 81 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the top center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the bolt -arrow-.
– Remove the expanding clips -2- and -3-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ A second technician is needed to support and hold the rear
lid.

– Detach the gas-filled strut for the rear lid by lifting retaining
spring -2- using a small screwdriver -1- -arrow-. Now remove
gas-filled strut -3- from the ball stud.

3. Rear Lid 83
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the trim panel -1- from the rear lid.


– Press the gas-filled strut onto the ball stud.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.16 Rear Lid Trim Panel Assembly Overview”, page 81 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the top center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .

3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Clip Pliers - T40172-
Removing
– Remove the top center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the left and right trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Remove the expanding clips -arrows- with Clip Pliers -
T40172- .
– Remove the lower center trim -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the left and right trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.18 Left and Right Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .
– Install the top center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.17 Upper Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 83 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

84 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Rear Lid Latch


⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview”,
page 85
⇒ “4.2 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Installing”, page 87
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87
⇒ “4.4 Rear Lid Lock Cable Assembly Overview”, page 88
⇒ “4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing”,
page 89
⇒ “4.6 Release Lever Mounting Bracket, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 89
⇒ “4.7 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and Installing”,
page 90
⇒ “4.8 Rear Lid Unlocking Assembly Overview, Vehicles with
Rear Lid Unlock Motor”, page 92
⇒ “4.9 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with Rear Lid Lock Motor”, page 94
⇒ “4.10 Rear Lid Lock Emergency Release Cable, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with Rear Lid Lock Motor”, pageby95
Protected copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “4.11 Rear Lid Unlock Motor V139 , Removing and Installing,
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Vehicles With Rear Lid Unlock Motor”, page 96

4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Overview

4. Rear Lid Latch 85


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Left Adjusting Buffer


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Adjusting Buffer,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 87 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudi‐
nal Member and Rear
Crossmember Assem‐
bly Overview”, page 40 .
4 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudi‐
nal Member and Rear
Crossmember Assem‐
bly Overview”, page 40 .
5 - Upper Left Longitudinal
Member
6 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Upper Longitudi‐
nal Member and Rear
Crossmember Assem‐
bly Overview”, page 40 .
7 - Upper Right Longitudinal
Member
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

8 - Spring Nut
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

9 - Heat Shield
❑ For rear lid lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
12 - Rear Lid Latch
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
13 - Bracket
❑ For rear lid lock
14 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
15 - Right Adjusting Buffer
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “4.2 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
16 - Rear Crossmember

86 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.2 Adjusting Buffer, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Open the rear lid.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the adjusting buffer -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Over‐
view”,
permittedpage 85 . by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
unless authorised

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Adjust the adjusting buffer. Refer to


⇒ “3.5 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 71 .

4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Open the rear lid.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the mount -1- with the latch.

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the heat shield -1-.


– Disconnect the connector -4-.
– Lift th tab -3-, remove the connector -2- from the holder and
free it up on the mount.

4. Rear Lid Latch 87


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Cut through the cable ties -7-.


– Remove the bolts -3- and -5-.
– Guide the rear lid latch -4- upward and out of the mount -6-.
– Push the cable bracket -2- out of the mount on the rear lid latch
with pliers and disengage the cable -1- from the release lever.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Adjusting Buffer and Rear Lid Lock Assembly Over‐
view”, page 85 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Push the cable into the cable bracket on the actuator lever with
pliers.

4.4 Rear Lid Lock Cable Assembly Overview

1 - Hood Release Lever Brack‐


et
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.6 Release Lever
Mounting Bracket, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 89 .
2 - Rear Lid Latch
3 - Rear Lid Lock Cable
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.7 Rear Lid Lock Ca‐
ble, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 90 .
4 - Grommet
❑ Make sure it fits correct‐
ly when installing, refer
to
⇒ “4.7 Rear Lid Lock Ca‐
ble, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 90 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

88 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and


Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Unlock the rear lid.

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the operating lever mount.


♦ Do not remove the operating lever at an angle or tilt it.

– Pry the operating lever horizontally out of its mount -arrow-


using a Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the securing clip mount on the retainers -1- and the
mount on the retainers -2- for damage. Replace the mount if
the retainers are damaged.
– Insert the operating lever approximately halfway into the
mount and pull it back.
– Carefully press the operating lever into the mount as far as the
stop and guide it into the guide in the lower A-pillar trim.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4.6 Release Lever Mounting Bracket, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear lid lock cable release lever. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing”, page
89 .
– Remove the sill panel strip in area where the A-pillar lower trim
meets the sill panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .

4. Rear Lid Latch 89


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Disengage the nipple -2- on the end of the cable on the oper‐
ating lever mounting bracket from the counterhold.
– Remove the cable -4- from the operating lever -3-.
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and operating lever mounting
bracket -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Rear Lid Lock Cable Assembly Overview”, page 88 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
1. First, slide the cable -4- in the operating lever -3- in as far
as the stop.
2. Engage the nipple -2- on the end of the cable in the coun‐
terhold on the operating lever mounting bracket -1-.
– Install the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Install the sill panel strip in the transition area to the lower A-
pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Install the rear lid lock cable release lever. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing”, page
89 .

4.7 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the rear lid lock cable release lever. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing”, page
89 .
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the left side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Disengage the rear lid lock cable from the operating lever
bracket. Refer to
⇒ “4.6 Release Lever Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 89 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

90 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Unclip the rear lid lock cable -3- from the brackets -2-.
– Press the cable grommet -1- through the hole in the rear bulk‐
head -arrow-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the left engine compartment trim. Refer to


⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Remove the secondary air injection pump. Refer to ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Loosen bolts -arrows- a few turns.
– Remove the bolt -2- and the bracket -1- with the engine control
module.
– Move the engine control module with the bracket to the side
and secure it against falling down.

Note

The illustration shows the bracket with the engine removed.

4. Rear Lid Latch 91


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the rear lid lock. Refer to


⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Unclip the rear lid lock cable -2- from the brackets -3-.
– Open the cable tie -1-.
– Remove the rear lid lock cable from the engine compartment.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the engine control module with the bracket. Refer to ⇒
Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 .
– Install the secondary air injection pump. Refer to ⇒ Fuel In‐
jection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Install the left engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Install the rear lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Attach the rear lid lock cable to the operating lever bracket.
Refer to
⇒ “4.6 Release Lever Mounting Bracket, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 89 .
– Install the left side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Install the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Install the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Install the right rear entry lamp.permitted
Referunless
to ⇒authorised
Body Interior;
by AUDI AG. Rep.
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Gr. 70 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Install the rear lid lock cable release lever. Refer to


⇒ “4.5 Cable Operating Lever, Removing and Installing”, page
89 .

4.8 Rear Lid Unlocking Assembly Overview, Vehicles with Rear Lid Unlock Mo‐
tor

92 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Rear Lid Latch


2 - Rear Lid Lock Cable
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.9 Rear Lid Lock Ca‐
ble, Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with
Rear Lid Lock Motor”,
page 94 .
3 - Rear Lid Unlock Motor -
V139-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.11 Rear Lid Unlock
Motor V139 , Removing
and Installing, Vehicles
With Rear Lid Unlock
Motor”, page 96 .
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““ Rear Lid Unlock
Motor - V139- Tighten‐
ing Specification”“ ,
page 93 .
4 - Emergency Release Cable
❑ For rear lid lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.10 Rear Lid Lock
Emergency Release
Cable, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with
Rear Lid Lock Motor”, Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
page 95 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
5 - Grommet
❑ Make sure it fits correct‐
ly when installing
⇒ “4.10 Rear Lid Lock Emergency Release Cable, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with Rear Lid Lock
Motor”, page 95 .

Rear Lid Unlock Motor - V139- Tightening Specification


– Tighten the nuts -arrows- to 9 Nm.

4. Rear Lid Latch 93


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Tightening Specification for the Rear Lid Unlock Motor - V139- to


the Bracket
– Tighten the bolts -arrows- to 5 Nm.

4.9 Rear Lid Lock Cable, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with Rear Lid Lock Mo‐
tor
Removing
– Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the rear lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Press the adapter -2- for the rear lid lock cable off the Rear Lid
Unlock Motor - V139- -item 1- -arrow- and remove the cable
mounting bracket -3- from the mount -4-.
– Remove the rear lid lock cable from the engine compartment.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

94 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.10 Rear Lid Lock Emergency Release Ca‐


ble, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with Rear Lid Lock Motor
Removing
– Remove the sill panel strip. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .
– Remove the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the left side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Press the cable grommet -1- through the hole in the rear bulk‐
head -arrow-.

– Remove the left engine compartment trim. Refer to


⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove thepermitted
secondary air injection
unless authorised by AUDI pump.
AG. AUDI Refer
AG doesto not ⇒ Fuel or accept any liability
guarantee
Injection and with
Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Loosen bolts -arrows- a few turns.


– Remove the bolt -2- and the bracket -1- with the engine control
module.
– Move the engine control module with the bracket to the side
and secure it against falling down.

Note

The illustration shows the bracket with the engine removed.

– Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to


⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Press the adapter -2- for the rear lid lock cable off the Rear Lid
Unlock Motor - V139- -item 1- -arrow- and remove the cable
mounting bracket -3- from the mount -4-.

4. Rear Lid Latch 95


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Unclip the rear lid lock cable -2- from the brackets -3-.
– Open the cable tie -1-.
– Remove the rear lid lock cable.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the engine control module with the bracket. Refer to ⇒
Fuel Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 24 .
– Install the secondary air injection pump. Refer to ⇒ Fuel In‐
jection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Install the left engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Install the left side trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Install the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Install the right rear entry lamp. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Perform a functionality test on the rear lid lock emergency re‐
lease cable.
– Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

4.11 Rear Lid Unlock Motor - V139- , Remov‐


ing and Installing, Vehicles With Rear
Lid
Protected by Unlock
copyright. Motor
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Removing
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to


⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Press the adapter -2- for the rear lid lock cable off the Rear Lid
Unlock Motor - V139- -item 1- -arrow- and remove the cable
mounting bracket -3- from the mount -4-.

– Disconnect the connector -1-.


– Remove the nuts -arrows- and the rear lid lock motor -2- with
its mount -3-.

96 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– If replacing the rear lid lock motor -1-, remove the -bolts- on
the back of the mount -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““ Rear Lid Unlock Motor - V139- Tightening Specifica‐
tion”“ , page 93 and
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Rear Lid Unlock Motor
- V139- to the Bracket”“ , page 94 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the left rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4. Rear Lid Latch 97


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5 Fuel Filler Door


⇒ “5.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly Over‐
view”, page 98
⇒ “5.2 Cable with Fuel Filler Door Emergency Release Cable,
Removing and Installing”, page 101
⇒ “5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing”,
page 102
⇒ “5.4 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Installing”, page 102
⇒ “5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating”, page 103
⇒ “5.6 Tank Flap Gap Dimensions”, page 103
⇒ “5.7 Fuel Filler Door Insert Drain Pipe, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 104

5.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Re‐


lease Assembly Overview
⇒ “5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly
Overview”, page 98
⇒ “5.1.2 Fuel Filler Door, Emergency Release and Seal Assembly
Overview”, page 100

5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly Overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

98 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - O-Ring
❑ Replace if damaged.
2 - Fuel Filler Door Cable
❑ Can only be replaced to‐
gether with the emer‐
gency release cable.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Cable with Fuel
Filler Door Emergency
Release Cable, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
101 .
3 - Emergency Release Cable
❑ For opening the fuel fill‐
er door
❑ Can only be replaced to‐
gether with the fuel filler
door cable Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Removing and instal‐with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Cable with Fuel
Filler Door Emergency
Release Cable, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
101 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
5 - Seal
6 - Fuel Filler Door
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Fuel Filler Door,
Removing and Installing”, page 102 .
7 - Fuel Filler Door Insert Upper Section
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing”, page 102 .
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating”, page 103 .
8 - Nut
9 - Pivot Arm
❑ For the fuel filler door
10 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 1 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 1 Nm
12 - Fuel Filler Door Insert Lower Section
❑ With a rubber grommet
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing”, page 102 .
❑ Disconnecting. Refer to ⇒ “5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating”, page 103 .
13 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm

5. Fuel Filler Door 99


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Quantity: 9

5.1.2 Fuel Filler Door, Emergency Release and Seal Assembly Overview

1 - Drain Pipe
❑ Without a decoupling el‐
ement
❑ From the fuel filler door
insert
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.7 Fuel Filler Door
Insert Drain Pipe, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 104 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
3 - Clamp
4 - Drain Hose
❑ without a decoupling el‐
ement
❑ from the fuel filler door
insert
❑permitted
There are different ver‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

sions.
respectRefer to the Parts
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Catalog.
5 - Fuel Filler Door Insert
❑ With a rubber grommet
6 - Seal
❑ The rubber grommet on
the fuel filler door insert
must sit in the seal all
the way around
7 - Threaded Plate
❑ Slides into the side pan‐
el cover
❑ Quantity: 2
8 - Fuel Filler Door Insert Mount
9 - Nut
❑ 7 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
10 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 4
❑ 2.5 Nm
11 - Drain Hose
❑ With decoupling element
❑ From the fuel filler door insert
❑ There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
12 - Drain Pipe
❑ With decoupling element
❑ From the fuel filler door insert

100 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to


⇒ “5.7 Fuel Filler Door Insert Drain Pipe, Removing and Installing”, page 104 .
13 - Clamp
14 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm

5.2 Cable with Fuel Filler Door Emergency


Release Cable, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Press the adapter -2- for the fuel filler door unlock cable off the
Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- -1- -arrow- and remove
the cable mounting bracket -3- from the mount -4-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the fuel filler door release cable -1- from the fuel filler
insert -2-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly
Overview”, page 98 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– The guide tab -3- on the fuel filler door cable -1- must fit into
the groove -arrow- on the fuel filler door insert -2-.
– Install the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert. Refer
to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .

5. Fuel Filler Door 101


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Remove the bolts -2, 3, 4 and 5-.
– Press the fuel filler door insert -1- out of the side panel cover
-arrow-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “5.1.2 Fuel Filler Door, Emergency Release and Seal As‐
sembly Overview”, page 100 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

Replace the fuel filler door insert seal if it is damaged or leaks.

5.4 Fuel Filler Door, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Separate the fuel filler door insert. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating”, page 103 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the fuel filler door -2- from the upper section of the
fuel filler door insert -1-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the bolt -arrow-.


– Remove the pivot arm -2- from the fuel filler door -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly
Overview”, page 98 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Align the fuel filler door to the upper section of the fuel filler
insert, gap dimension, refer to
⇒ “5.6 Tank Flap Gap Dimensions”, page 103 .

102 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5.5 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Separating


Procedure
– Remove the fuel filler door insert. Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Fuel Filler Door Insert, Removing and Installing”, page
102 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the lower section of the fuel filler door insert -1- with
the rubber grommet from the upper section.
Install in reverse order of removal.
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly
Overview”, page 98 .

5.6 Tank Flap Gap Dimensions

Note

Ignore -items A, B and C-.

D - Fuel Filler Insert to the Fuel


Filler Door
• Gap dimension = 2.0 ± 0.5
mm
E - Side Panel Cover to the
Fuel Filler Door Insert
• Gap dimension = 1.0 ± 0.5
mm

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5. Fuel Filler Door 103


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5.7 Fuel Filler Door Insert Drain Pipe, Re‐


moving and Installing

DANGER!

♦ Make sure the drain pipe is installed correctly in the fuel


filler door insert.
♦ Make sure the drain hose is installed correctly and that it
functions properly. Water in the fuel filler door insert must
flow through the drain hose downward and out of the sill
panel trim.

Removing
– Remove the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Remove the right fuel tank cover. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Fuel Tank Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 286 .
– Remove the front noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Front Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing”, page
286 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the drain pipe -1- downward.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “5.1.1 Fuel Filler Door and Emergency Release Assembly
Overview”, page 98 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Guide the drain pipe -2- out between the front noise insulation
-1- and sill panel.
– Tighten the drain pipe to the body -arrows-
Protectedand then Copying
by copyright. checkfor private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
dimension -a-. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• Dimension -a- = approximately 20 mm.
– Adjust dimension -a- if necessary.
– Install the front noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Front Vehicle Underbody Cover, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 284 .
– Install the right fuel tank cover. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Fuel Tank Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 286 .
– Install the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert. Refer
to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .

104 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

6 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

♦ Clip Pliers - T40172-

♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939A-


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- (quantity:


2) from the Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-

6. Special Tools 105


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-

♦ Support Stays - T40143-

♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

106 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

57 – Front Doors, Central Locking System


1 Front Door
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door”, page 107
⇒ “1.2 Front Door, Removing and Installing”, page 109
⇒ “1.3 Door Gap Dimensions”, page 110
⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”, page 111
⇒ “1.5 Side Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 112
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Regu‐
lator”, page 112
⇒ “1.7 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing”,
page 114
⇒ “1.8 Door Control Module on Window Regulator Motor, Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 114
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 115
⇒ “1.10 Window Regulator, Removing and Installing”, page 115
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “1.11 Outer and Inner
permitted Window
unless authorisedShaft
by AUDIStrips
AG. AUDIand Door
AG does not Seal As‐or accept any liability
guarantee
sembly Overview”,withpage
respect116
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “1.12 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing and Installing”, page


117
⇒ “1.13 Door Seal and Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing and
Installing”, page 118
⇒ “1.14 Inner Door Seal Assembly Overview”, page 119
⇒ “1.15 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Installing”, page 119

1.1 Overview - Front Door

1. Front Door 107


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Lower Door Hinge


2 - Locking Spring
❑ Only installed with the
replacement part
❑ Remove after installing
a new hinge
3 - Cap
❑ Connect to the hinge
pins
4 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm
5 - Cap Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Install on the threaded
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
pin
6 - Bolt
❑ 25 Nm
7 - Upper Door Hinge
8 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 37 Nm

108 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.2 Front Door, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Disconnect the door connectors on the A-pillar. Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 ..
– Remove the cover cap -1- from the threaded pin.
– Remove the threaded pin -2- on the upper hinge.
– Remove the cover cap -3- from the hinge pin.
– Remove the bolt -4- on the lower door hinge.

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the paint.


♦ Protect the painted surfaces on the door and on the side
panel from damage.

– Carefully remove the door upward out of the door hinges.


Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door”, page 107 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

Do not make any adjustments after installing the door.

Installing a New Door

Note

An adjusting mechanism must also be installed on new doors.

Special tools and workshop equipment required


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Pop permitted
Rivet Pliers - VAG1765C-
unless authorised by AUDI AG.and Pop
AUDI Rivet
AG does not Pliers - Extended
guarantee or accept any liability
Rivet Pin - VAG1765C/1-
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the adjuster -2- from the adjusting sleeve -1-.

1. Front Door 109


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Install the adjusting sleeve on the Pop Rivet Pliers - Extended


Rivet Pin - VAG1765C/1- and rivet into the door using the Pop
Rivet Pliers - VAG1765C- .
– Turn the adjustor to the left making sure it moves easily.

1.3 Door Gap Dimensions

A - Door to the Front Side Pan‐


el
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Gap dimension
permitted -a- = by3.5
unless authorised ± AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
AUDI
0.5 with
mmrespect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
-1- Door

-2- Font side panel


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”,
page 111 .
B - Door to the Hood
• Gap dimension -b- = 3.5 ±
0.5 mm.
-1- Door

-3- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”,
page 111 .
C - Door to the Upper Side
Panel Cover
• Gap dimension -c- = 3.8 ±
0.5 mm
-1- Door

-4- Side panel cover


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”,
page 111 .
D - Door to the Lower Side
Panel Cover
• Gap dimension -d- = 3.5 ±
0.5 mm
-1- Door

110 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

-4- Side panel cover


❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”, page 111 .
E - Door to the Sill Panel Trim
• Gap dimension -e- = 3.5 ± 0.5 mm.
-1- Door

-5- sill panel trim


❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”, page 111 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
1.4 Door, Adjusting
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-
Procedure
– The gap dimensions must be check at the locations shown in
the illustration.
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Door Gap Dimensions”, page 110 .

Adjusting in Length Direction:


– Remove the driver side instrument panel cover. Refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the glove compartment on the passenger side. Refer
to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 68 .
– Remove the A-pillar lower trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the upper and lower bolts -arrows B- from the hinge
and A-pillar -1-.
– Adjust the door -2- lengthwise.
– Tighten the bolts -B arrows-.
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door”, page 107 .
Adjusting to the Center of the Vehicle:
– Loosen the bolts -A arrows- on the top and bottom of the
hinge .
– Adjust the door -2- to the center of the vehicle.
– Tighten the bolts -A arrows-.
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Front Door”, page 107 .

1. Front Door 111


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Adjusting with the Striker Pin:


– Loosen the bolts -2-.
– Use the markings on the striker pin -a arrows- and on the body
-c arrows- for the side adjustment.
• When adjusting the catch, move it only toward the center of
the vehicle.
– Slide the catch -1- until the door is flush with the body contours.

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the door lock.


♦ Do not adjust the door height with the striker pin.

– Use the markings on the striker pin -b arrows- and on the body
-d arrows- for the height adjustment.
• The catch must align in door lock center for correct adjustment.
– Tighten the bolts -2-.
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page 126 .

1.5 Side Impact Member, Removing and In‐


stalling
The side impact member is a component of the front door and
cannot be replaced separately.
– Replace the front door. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Door, Removing and Installing”, page 109 .

1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Regulator

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

112 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Window Regulator
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Window Regu‐
lator, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 115 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Height
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 241 .
2 - Retaining Clip
3 - Door Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Door Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 237 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Lateral
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 239 .
4 - Door
5 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
6 - Sealing Plugs
7 - Window Regulator Motor
❑ With the door control
module
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Window Regula‐
tor Motor, Removing
and Installing”, page 114 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
9 - Nut
❑ 23 Nm
10 - Sealing Plugs
11 - Inside Door Release Mechanism Cable
12 - Cover
❑ Clipped
Protected into the door
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

❑ Removing
with respect to the correctness ofRefer
and installing. to in⇒this
“1.9 DoorCopyright
Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 115 .
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
information document. by AUDI AG.

13 - Sealing Plugs
14 - Nut
❑ 9 Nm
15 - Sealing Plugs
16 - Nut
❑ 23 Nm

1. Front Door 113


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.7 Window Regulator Motor, Removing


and Installing
Removing

Note

The window regulator motor can be removed or installed with the


motor or door window in any position.

– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


Gr. 70 .
– Disconnect the electrical connectors -1- and -2- on the engine
control module.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the window regulator motor -3- from the window reg‐
ulator.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Reg‐
ulator”, page 112 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

• The clips -3- for the window regulator motor threaded pins
-2- must be engaged in the inner door panel.
– Slide the window regulator motor -1- onto the threaded pins
and tighten the bolts -4-.

Note

♦ With the window regulator motor switches connected, switch


the ignition on and run the door windows up to the stop.
♦ Continue holding the window regulator switch for approxi‐
mately 2 seconds so the basic setting and one-touch up/down
function are activated.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1.8 Door Control Module on Window Regu‐


lator Motor, Removing and Installing
The door control modules sits on the window regulator motor and
cannot be replaced separately if it is faulty.
– Replace the window regulator motor. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing”,
page 114 .

114 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Release the clips -2- at the locations marked with the
-arrows- and remove the door shell cover -1-.
– Disengage the rubber grommet -3- for the inside door release
mechanism cable -4- at the door shell cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Press the door shell cover on until it engages audibly.
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

1.10 Window Regulator, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
• The lower speaker is removed.
– Remove the power window motor. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 Window Regulator Motor, Removing and Installing”,
page 114 .
– Remove the door window. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 237 .
– Release the window regulator threaded pin clips -4- with an
11 mm socket by sliding the socking onto the threaded pins
-5-.
– Unclip the cable guide -1- at the inner side.
– Unclip the cable -2- from the lower bracket -3-.

– Remove the sealing plugs -1-.


– Remove the upper window regulator nuts -2-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Door 115


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the sealing plugs -1- and -2- on the lower door edge.
– Remove the nuts -3- on the bottom of the window regulator
through the large openings.
– Guide the window regulator back out of the opening.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Reg‐
ulator”, page 112 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The window regulator threaded pins -5- must be engaged in
the inner door panel.

Note

Ignore the other -items-.

– Adjust the door window: side adjustment refer to


⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment
Assembly Overview”, page 239 , height adjustment refer to
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Height
Protected Adjustment
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Assembly Overview”, page 241 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1.11 Outer and Inner Window Shaft Strips and Door Seal Assembly Overview

116 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Clip
❑ For the outer window
shaft strip
❑ Quantity: 8
2 - Outer Window Shaft Strip
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Outer Window
Shaft Strip, Removing
and Installing”,
page 117 .
3 - Door Seal and Inner Win‐
dow Shaft Strip
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Door Seal and
Inner Window Shaft
Strip, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 118 .
4 - Clip
❑ For the door seal and in‐
ner window shaft strip
❑ Cannot be replaced
separately.

1.12 Outer Window Shaft Strip, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Loosen the upper door seal.
– Remove the door window. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 237 .
– Carefully loosen the bonded connection -1- and remove the
retaining studs -arrows- on the outer sides from the door shell.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Door 117


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the spreader pin -2-.


– Remove the outer window shaft strip -1- with the spreader clip
-3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The door shell must be free of dirt and grease in the adhesive
surface area.
• The retaining studs must be pressed on completely.

1.13 Door Seal and Inner Window Shaft Strip,


Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the window shaft strip -1- upward -arrow A-.
– Carefully loosen the bonded connection -2- and remove the
retaining studs -3, 4 and 5- on the outer sides from the door
shell.
– Remove the door seal and
Protected the window
by copyright. Copying forshaft strip
private or -7- allpurposes, in part or in whole, is not
commercial
around. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The door shell must be free of dirt and grease in the adhesive
surface area.
– Install the door seal and window shaft strip in a -1 to 5- se‐
quence as shown in the illustration.
Continuing installation sequence:
1. Push the “rubber tab” -7- into the window guide and mount
the molded part on the A-pillar. Engage the retaining hooks
-10- in the mount on the door shell and press the retaining
studs -8- and -9- on completely.
2. Position the molded part on the B-pillar.
3. Slide the inner window shaft strip onto the door fold.
4. Position the door seal on the door shell and press the clips
on until they engage audibly.
5. Remove the protective film on the double-sided adhesive
tape. Press the retaining studs -6- and double-sided tape on
completely.
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

118 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.14 Inner Door Seal Assembly Overview

1 - Bolt
2 - Seal
❑ For the A-pillar triangu‐
lar trim
3 - Roof Trim Molding
4 - Blind Rivet
5 - Seal
❑ for the roof trim molding
6 - Inner Door Seal
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.15 Inner Door Seal,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 119 .
7 - Bolt
8 - Bolt
9 - Window Guide
10 - Nut
11 - A-Pillar Triangular Trim
12 - Bolt
13 - Bolt
14 - Bolt
15 - Cover
❑ For the A-pillar and side
panel

1.15 Inner Door Seal, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Remove the inner door seal from the body flange.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The body must be free of dirt and grease in the adhesive sur‐
face area.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Door 119


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Install the inner door seal -A- on the body flange in a


-1 to 10- sequence.
Continuing installation sequence:
1. Install the door seal molded part on the upper B-pillar, mak‐
ing sure the seal -A- surrounds the body flange -B- and rests
on the side window -C-.
2. Mount the back of the upper inner door seal molded part on
the body flange.
3. Installbythe
Protected innerCopying
copyright. doorforseal molded
private piece
or commercial on the
purposes, A-pillar.
in part To
or in whole, is not
do this,
permitted firstauthorised
unless position theAG.
by AUDI molded
AUDI AGpiece
does not-arrow
guaranteeB- and then
or accept any liability
press it upward
with respect as farofas
to the correctness the stop
information in this-arrow C-.
document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4. Mount the front of the upper inner door seal molded part on
the body flange.
5. Mount the door inner seal molded part on the B-pillar body
flange near the side window.
6. Mount the door inner seal molded part on the body flange
near the bottom of the B-pillar.
• The lower corners of the side window -C- must be free of win‐
dow adhesive -D-.
• The seal must engage behind the lower corners of the side
window.
7. Attach the inner door seal molded part to the body flanges
near the B-pillar and sill panel strip.
8. Attach the inner door seal molded part to the body flanges
near the A-pillar and sill panel strip.
9. Attach the inner door seal molded part to the body flange on
the sill panel.
10. Remove the protective film on the double-sided adhesive
tape on the inner door seal molded piece -A- in the side
window area -C-. Press the double-sided adhesive tape on‐
to the body completely.

120 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Door Handle and Door Lock


⇒ “2.1 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview”,
page 121
⇒ “2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
122
⇒ “2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 122
⇒ “2.4 Mounting Bracket and Outer Door Opener, Removing and
Installing”, page 124
⇒ “2.5 Lock Cylinder Operating Shaft and Door Lock, Removing
and Installing”, page 126
⇒ “2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page 126
⇒ “2.7 Catch, Removing and Installing”, page 128
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

page 128
⇒ “2.9 Door Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 129
⇒ “2.10 Door Opener Cable, Removing and Installing”,
page 130

2.1 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview

1 - Bracket
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Mounting Bracket
and Outer Door Opener,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 124 .
2 - Connecting Element with
Shaft
3 - Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Door Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Door Lock, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 129 .
5 - Bolt
6 - Door Opener
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Mounting Bracket
and Outer Door Opener,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 124 .
7 - Install the Lock Cylinder
❑ only on the driver door
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Lock Cylinder,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 122 .

2. Door Handle and Door Lock 121


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

8 - Door Opener Trim


❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Mounting Bracket and Outer Door Opener, Removing and Installing”, page 124 .
9 - Housing with Cover
❑ Only on the passenger door
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 122 .

2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Raise the door handle -arrow A-.
– Release the clip -3- on the door handle -2- and slide the outer
door opener back -arrow B-.
– Remove the outer door opener trim -1- from the door opener.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Installing permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Raise the door handle -1-.
– Position the outer door opener trim -2- on the bottom side as
shown in the illustration.
– Fold the trim up -arrow A- and slide it forward until the clip
engages audibly -arrow B-.

2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing

Note

Make a hook similar to the T-Handle Hook - 3438- from welding


wire.

122 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Remove the outer door opener trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 122 .
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the anti-theft protection cover “II”. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Slide the securing clip -1- toward the inside of the door as far
as the stop -arrow A-.
– Remove the lock cylinder retaining bracket -2- with the assist‐
ing tool in the direction of -arrow B-.

Note

The illustration shows the T-Handle Hook - 3438- special tool.

– Press the lock cylinder out of the door handle.

Note

If the lock cylinder cannot be pressed out, slide the key into it and
remove it with the key turned slightly.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the anti-theft protection cover “II”. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Install the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .
– Install the outer door opener trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 122 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Door Handle and Door Lock 123


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.4 Mounting Bracket and Outer Door


Opener, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the outer door opener trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 122 .
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Remove the lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 122 .
– Disengage the door opener operating rod -4- at the outer door
opener operating lever by pressing the securing bracket -3-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Release the clip -1- -arrow A- and unless
permitted remove the by
authorised lock
AUDIcylinder
AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
operating shaft -2- from the door lock to-arrow
with respect B-. of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
the correctness

– Slide the door handle securing bracket -1- back as far as the
stop -arrow A-.
– Counterhold the door opener -3- and slide the mounting brack‐
et -2- forward as far as the stop.
– Remove the door opener toward the outside -arrow B-.
– Remove the mounting bracket with the operating shaft.

124 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the mounting bracket -A- and outer door opener in the
door in the following sequence:
1. Check if the securing clip -7- on the mounting bracket is still
“open”.
2. Insert the mounting bracket -6- in the inner door.
3. Insert the door opener -4- in the door opening and the
mounting bracket while counterholding the bracket.
4. Slide the mounting bracket and outer door opener toward
each other as far as the stop -arrow A-.
5. When sliding them together, make sure the centering tab
-5- engages in the door opening.
6. Push the lock cylinder into the door handle.
7. Slide the securing clip -7- forward as far as the stop.
8. Engage the door opener operating rod -3- on the door open‐
er operating lever -4-.
9. Slide the lock cylinder operating rod -2- onto the door lock
-1-.
– Install the lock cylinder. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Lock Cylinder, Removing and Installing”, page 122 .
– Install the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Install the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .
– Install the outer door opener trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Outer Door Opening Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 122 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Door Handle and Door Lock 125


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.5 Lock Cylinder Operating Shaft and Door


Lock, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Release the clip -1- -arrow A- and remove the lock cylinder
operating shaft -2- from the door lock -arrow B-.
– Remove the bolts -3, 4 and 5-.
– Remove the operating shaft -6- from the lock cylinder.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page
121 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Install the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

126 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Door Opener Actuating Link


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Door Opener
Cable, Removing and
Installing”, page 130 .
2 - Grommet
❑ shared component with
the door opener actuat‐
ing link
3 - Seal
❑ For the door lock
4 - Bolt
❑ 25 Nm
5 - Catch
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Catch, Removing
and Installing”,
page 128 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 19 Nm
7 - Outer Door Opener Actuat‐
ing Link
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Door Lock, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 129 .
8 - Door Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Door Lock, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 129 .
9 - Cover “II”
❑ For the anti-theft protection
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”, page 128 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
11 - Cover “I”
❑ for the anti-theft protection
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”, page 128 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
14 - Door Shell Cover Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.9 Door ShelltoCover, Removing and Installing”, page by 115AUDI. AG.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect the correctness of information in this document. Copyright

2. Door Handle and Door Lock 127


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.7 Catch, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the bolts -2-.
– Remove the striker pin -1-.

Note

Ignore -arrows a through d-.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page 126 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the catch. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Door, Adjusting”, page 111 .

2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the bolts -2- and -3-.
– Remove the anti-theft protection cover “II” -item 1-.

– Remove the bolt -1-.


– Disengage the anti-theft protection cover “I” -item 3- on the
mounting bracket -4- -arrow A-.
– Pull the anti-theft protection cover “I” down until the door open‐
er operating rod -2- is free.
– Remove the anti-theft protection cover “I”.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page 126 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Protected
Installbythe doorCopying
copyright. shellforcover.
private orRefer to purposes, in part or in whole, is not
commercial
⇒ “1.9unless
permitted Door ShellbyCover,
authorised AUDI AG.Removing
AUDI AG does and Installing”,
not guarantee or accept any liability
page 115 .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

128 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.9 Door Lock, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the anti-theft protection covers.
Protected by copyright. Refer
Copying to or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers,
permitted Removing
unless authorised by AUDIand Installing”,
AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
page 128 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Disengage the door opener operating rod -4- at the outer door
opener operating lever by pressing the securing bracket -3-.
– Release the clip -1- -arrow A- and remove the lock cylinder
operating shaft -2- on the door lock -arrow B-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the door lock -1- and disconnect the electrical con‐
nector -2-.

Note

If a door lock will be replaced, remove the door opener operating


rod. Refer to
⇒ “2.10 Door Opener Cable, Removing and Installing”,
page 130 .

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page 126 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– If a new door lock will be installed, install the door opener op‐
erating rod in the following sequence:
1. Slide the operating rod -2- in the outer door opener operat‐
ing lever -4- and secure it with the securing clip -3-.
2. Insert the operating rod in the clip -5- on the door lock -1-
without tension on the outer door opener.
3. Close the operating rod clip -arrow-.
– Install the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Install the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

2. Door Handle and Door Lock 129


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.10 Door Opener Cable, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Remove the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Press the door lock -1- to the side and disconnect the electrical
connector -2- if necessary.

– Disengage the operating cable -3- from the door lock cable
bracket -2- -arrow A-.
– Turn the nipple -1- 90° in the direction of -arrow B- and remove
it from the door opener release lever -4-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the nipple -2- in the door opener release lever -3-
-bottom arrow-.
– Rotate the nipple 90° -top arrow- and press the actuating link
into the cable bracket on the door lock -1- until it engages au‐
dibly.
– Install the anti-theft protection covers. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Anti-Theft Protection Covers, Removing and Installing”,
page 128 .
– Install the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Install the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 .

130 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Central Locking
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Central Locking”, page 131
⇒ “3.2 Vehicle Positioning System Interface Control Module
J843 , Removing and Installing”, page 133
⇒ “3.3 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp K133 , Removing
and Installing”, page 134
⇒ “3.4 Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Central Locking Switch F124 , Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 134
⇒ “3.5 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 134
⇒ “3.6 Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor V155 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 135
⇒ “3.7 Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , Removing
and Installing”, page 137
⇒ “3.8 Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , Removing
and Installing, Vehicles from MY 10”, page 137
⇒ “3.9 Central Locking, Servicing”, page 137

3.1 Overview - Central Locking

1 - Rear Lid Central Locking


System Motor - V53-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid Central
Locking System Motor
V53 , Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 59 .
2 - Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Cen‐
tral Locking Switch - F124-
❑ Installation location in
the lid lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Rear Lid Lock/
Alarm/Central Locking
Switch F124 , Removing
and Installing”,
page 134 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
3 - Central Locking -Safe- Indi‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
cator Lamp - K133- with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ Removing and instal‐


ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Central Locking -
Safe- Indicator Lamp
K133 , Removing and
Installing”, page 134 .
4 - Front Passenger Door Con‐
trol Module - J387-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Door Control
Module on Window
Regulator Motor, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 114 .

3. Central Locking 131


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5 - Nut
❑ 4.5 Nm
6 - Vehicle Positioning System Interface Control Module - J843-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Vehicle Positioning System Interface Control Module J843 , Removing and Installing”,
page 133 .
7 - Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155-
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- ”“ , page 132 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor V155 , Removing and Installing”, page 135 .
8 - Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266-
❑ Installation location in the lid lock
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Engine Hood Contact Switch F266 , Removing and Installing”, page 134 .
9 - Comfort System Central Control Module - J393-
❑ Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Comfort System Central Control Module -J393- ”“ , page 133 .
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Comfort System Central Control Module J393 , Removing and Installing”, page 137 .
10 - Driver Door Control Module - J386-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Door Control Module on Window Regulator
Protected by Motor,
copyright. Copying Removing
for private andpurposes,
or commercial Installing”,
in part orpage
in whole,114
is not.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
11 - Anti-Theft Alarm System Sensor - G578-
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ For removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 96 .

Tightening Specification for the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor -


V155-
1- Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155-
2- Bolt - 5 Nm
3- Frame for the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155-
4- Bolt - 5 Nm
5- Bolt - 7 Nm
6- Bolt - 7 Nm

132 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Tightening Specification for the Comfort System Central Control


Module - J393-
– Tighten the nut -arrow- to 9 Nm.

3.2 Vehicle Positioning System Interface


Control Module - J843- , Removing and
Installing
Removing
– Remove the passenger seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 72 .
– Lift the carpet under the front passenger seat. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and the Vehicle Positioning System
Interface Control Module - J843- -1-.
– Disconnect the connectors -2, 3 and 4-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to -item 5-
⇒ Item 5 (page 132) .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the carpet. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Install the passenger seat. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
72 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Central Locking 133


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.3 Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp -


K133- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Turn off the ignition.
– Remove the center speaker trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Carefully pry the Central Locking -Safe- Indicator Lamp -
K133- -B- out of the top center defroster outlet.
– Disconnect the 2-pin connector.

Note

The Sunlight Photo Sensor - G107- - A- appears to be identical


but has a 4-pin connector.

Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the center speaker trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .

3.4 Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Central Locking


Switch - F124- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Raise the retaining tabpermitted
-4- -arrow A-.
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Disengage the Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Central Locking Switch -
F124- -3- in the direction of -arrow B- at the lid lock -1- and
remove it.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The guides -2- on the Rear Lid Lock/Alarm/Central Locking
Switch - F124- must be inserted correctly in the front lid lock.
– Install the hood latch. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Hood Latch, Removing and Installing”, page 57 .

3.5 Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266- ,


Removing and Installing
Removing

Note

When installing, bring all cable ties back to same positions.

134 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the rear lid lock. Refer to


⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .
– Disconnect the cable tie -3-.
– Release the clip -1- in the direction of the -arrow- and remove
it downward.
– Remove the Engine Hood Contact Switch - F266- - 2- from the
lid lock.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear lid lock. Refer to
⇒ “4.3 Rear Lid Lock, Removing and Installing”, page 87 .

3.6 Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- ,


Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10010-
Removing
– Remove the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert.
Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Press the adapter -2- for the fuel filler door unlock cable off the
Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- -1- -arrow- and remove
the cable mounting bracket -3- from the mount -4-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Central Locking 135


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -2- and -4-.


– Remove the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- -1- with the
retaining frame -3-.
– If the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- will be replaced,
remove the bolts -5- and -6- using the Wrench - Driver -
T10010- .
– Remove the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- from the
retaining frame.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Fuel Filler Door Unlock
Motor - V155- ”“ , page 132 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– If the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- was replaced, it
must be adjusted in the following sequence so the fuel filler
door release cable is not under tension:
1. Position the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- on the
retaining frame and tighten the bolts with the Wrench - Driv‐
er - T10010- hand tight.
2. Tighten the retaining frame on the side panel cover with the
fuel filler insert.
3. Press the fuel filler door release cable on the Fuel Filler Door
Unlock Motor - V155- .
4. Slide the Fuel Filler Door Unlock Motor - V155- until the fuel
filler door release cable is not under tension.
5. Remove the bolts on the retaining frame.
6. Rotate the retaining frame and tighten the bolts with the
Wrench - Driver - T10010- .
7. Tighten the retaining frame on the side panel cover with the
fuel filler insert.
– Install the side panel cover with the fuel filler door insert. Refer
to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

136 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.7 Comfort System Central Control Module


- J393- , Removing and Installing
Removing
– If replacing the control module, then select “replace” - J393-
in “Guided Functions” Vehicle Diagnostic Tester .
– Remove the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Disconnect the connectors -3 through 6-.
– Remove the bolt -arrow- and disengage the retaining frame
-2-.
– Remove the Comfort System Central Control Module
Protected - J393-
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
-item 1-. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ Fig. ““Tightening Specification for the Comfort System Cen‐
tral Control Module -J393- ”“ , page 133 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear shelf. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

3.8 Comfort System Central Control Module


- J393- , Removing and Installing, Vehi‐
cles from MY 10
The Comfort System Central Control Module - J393- is integrated
in the Vehicle Electrical System Control Module - J519- and can‐
not be replaced separately if faulty.
– Replace the vehicle electrical system control module. Refer to
⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 97 .

3.9 Central Locking, Servicing


♦ Central locking functions electronically.
♦ The adjusters in the doors are integrated inside the door lock
and have 2 motors.
♦ The adjusters cannot be replaced separately.
♦ The first motor locks the door and the second motor locks the
interior door mechanism (Safe function).
♦ The door can no longer be opened from the inside.
♦ The Comfort System Central Control Module - J393- will un‐
lock any locked doors if there is a crash and the airbag
deploys.
♦ The Comfort System Central Control Module - J393- is located
behind the driver seat.

3. Central Locking 137


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10010-

♦ Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371-


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

138 Rep. Gr.57 - Front Doors, Central Locking System


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

63 – Bumpers
1 Front Bumper
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 139
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144
⇒ “1.3 Front Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 145
⇒ “1.4 Outer Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 147
⇒ “1.5 Top Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 148
⇒ “1.6 Lower Bumper Cover Mounts, Removing and Installing”,
page 148
⇒ “1.7 Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing”, page 149
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “1.8 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”, page
permitted unless 150by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
authorised
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “1.9 Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”,
page 154
⇒ “1.10 Winglet, Removing and Installing, R8 GT”, page 158
⇒ “1.11 Bumper Cover End Plate, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles from MY 2013”, page 158
⇒ “1.12 Spoiler Lip, Removing and Installing”, page 158
⇒ “1.13 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 159
⇒ “1.14 Spoiler, Removing and Installing, Lower Section, R8 GT”,
page 160
⇒ “1.15 Overview - Impact Member”, page 160
⇒ “1.16 Upper Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 162
⇒ “1.17 Lower Left Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 162
⇒ “1.18 Lower Right Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 163

1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover


⇒ “1.1.1 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 139
⇒ “1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 141
⇒ “1.1.3 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 GT”, page 142
⇒ “1.1.4 Shock Absorber, Bumper Cover Mount Assembly Over‐
view”, page 143

1.1.1 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Vehicles through MY 2012

1. Front Bumper 139


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - License Plate Bracket


2 - Radiator Grille
3 - Lower Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Only vehicles with 4.2L
FSI Engine
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.3 Lower Right Air
Intake Grille, Removing
and Installing, Vehicles
with 4.2L FSI-Engine,
from MY 2013”,
page 157 .
4 - Spray Nozzle Cover Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ For the headlamp wash‐ with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
er system
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
92 .
5 - Upper Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Vehicles with a 4.2L FSI
engine: removing and
installing
⇒ “1.9.1 Upper Right Air
Intake Grille, Removing
and Installing, Vehicles
with 4.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012”, page
154
❑ Vehicles with a 5.2L FSI
engine: removing and
installing
⇒ “1.9.4 Right Air Intake
Grille, Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with
5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 157
6 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
7 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
8 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .
9 - Spoiler Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 159 .
10 - Spoiler Lip
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.12 Spoiler Lip, Removing and Installing”, page 158 .
11 - Left Air Intake Grille
❑ Vehicles with a 4.2L FSI engine: removing and installing, refer to
⇒ “1.8.1 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”,
page 150
❑ Vehicles with a 5.2L FSI engine: removing and installing, refer to
⇒ “1.8.2 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”,
page 151

140 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

12 - Spray Nozzle Cover


❑ For the headlamp washer system
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Vehicles from MY 2013

1 - Spoiler Lip
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Spoiler Lip, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 158 .
2 - Spoiler Mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.13 Spoiler Lip and
Spoiler Mount, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
159 .
3 - Lower Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.3 Lower Right Air
Intake Grille, Removing
and Installing, Vehicles
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with
with 4.2L
respect FSI-Engine,
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
from MY 2013”,
page 157 .
4 - Upper Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.2 Upper Right Air
Intake Grille, Removing
and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”,
page 155 .
5 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 144 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm
7 - Bumper Cover End Plate
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Bumper Cover End Plate, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 158 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
9 - Counterholder
❑ For the air intake grille
10 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm

1. Front Bumper 141


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

11 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
12 - Left Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8.3 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 151 .
13 - Spray Nozzle Cover
❑ For the headlamp washer system
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

1.1.3 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 GT

1 - Spoiler Lower Section


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.14 Spoiler, Remov‐
ing and Installing, Lower
Section, R8 GT”,
page 160 .
2 - Cover
❑ For the towing eye
3 - Spray Nozzle Cover
❑ For the headlamp wash‐
er system
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
92 .
4 - Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9.4 Right Air Intake
Grille, Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with
5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012”, page
157 .
5 - Right Winglet
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Winglet, Re‐
moving and Installing,
R8 GT”, page 158 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
7 - Bumper Cover
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 144 .
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

8 - Left Winglet
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.10 Winglet, Removing and Installing, R8 GT”, page 158 .
9 - Left Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.8.2 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”,
page 151 .

142 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

10 - Spray Nozzle Cover


❑ For the headlamp washer system
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm

1.1.4 Shock Absorber, Bumper Cover Mount Assembly Overview

1 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 144 .
2 - Right Spray Nozzle
❑ For the headlamp wash‐
er system
❑ Removing and Instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment;Protected
Rep. Gr. by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
92 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
3 - Right Front Parking Aid
Sensor - G252-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 .
4 - Outer Right Bumper Cover
Mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Outer Bumper
Cover Mount, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
147 .
5 - Right Front Center Parking
Aid Sensor - G253-
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 .
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
7 - Top Center Bumper Cover Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.5 Top Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 148 .
8 - Impact Absorber
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.7 Impact Absorber, Removing and Installing”, page 149 .
9 - Outer Left Bumper Cover Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Outer Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 147 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 3 Nm

1. Front Bumper 143


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

11 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
13 - Left Front Parking Aid Sensor - G255-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
14 - Left Spray Nozzle
❑ For the headlamp washer system
❑ Removing and Installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .
15 - Left Front Center Parking Aid Sensor - G254-
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .

1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and In‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Hose Clamps - Up To 25 mm - 3094-
Removing
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Loosen the bolts -arrows-.
– Move the loosened part of the wheel housing liner -1- to the
side.
– Remove bolts -2- and -3- on the bumper cover bracket.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

144 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

Note

The number of bolts depends on the date of manufacture

– Pull the front bumper cover -3- forward slightly.


– Clamp off the washer fluid hose with the Hose Clamps - Up To
25mm -3094- .
– Place a container under the right side of the vehicle and dis‐
connect the headlamp washer system hose connection -2- by
pressing the release button -1-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Front Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 145 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 139 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .

1.3 Front Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Bumper 145


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Hood to Front Bumper Cov‐


er
• Gap dimension -a- = 4.5 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Front bumper cover

-2- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
B - Hood to Radiator Grille
• Gap dimension -b- = 4.5 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Radiator grille

-2- Hood
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
C - Hood to the Front Bumper
Cover Side Piece
• Gap dimension -c- = 3.5 ±
0.5 mm
-1- front bumper cover side
piece

-2- Hood

-3- Headlamp and wheel hous‐


ing liner trim
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Hood, Adjusting”,
page 52 .
D - Hood to Headlamp
• Gap dimensionProtected
= 3.5 by ±1 mm Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
copyright.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
The hood extends over the headlamp.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

• Overhang = 8.0 ± 1.0 mm

146 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.4 Outer Bumper Cover Mount, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Loosen the bolts -arrows-.
– Move the loosened part of the wheel housing liner -1- to the
side.
– Remove bolts -2- and -3- on the bumper cover bracket.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Guide the outer headlamp bracket -1- with the outer bumper
cover mount -2- out behind the bumper -3-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the outer bumper cover mount -2- from the outer
headlamp mount -1-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Front Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 145 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Overview - Headlamp, Wheel Housing Liner and Radi‐
ator Mounts”, page 6 and
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 139 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the headlamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep.
Gr. 94 .

1. Front Bumper 147


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.5 Top Center Bumper Cover Mount, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

Note

The number of bolts depends on the date of manufacture

– Remove the top center bumper cover mount -1-.


Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview - Bumper Cover”, page 139 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1.6 Lower Bumper Cover Mounts, Remov‐


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
ing and Installing
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the radiator center rear air duct. Refer to ⇒ Engine
Mechanical; Rep. Gr. 19 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the lower bumper cover mounts -1 through 3-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.15 Overview - Impact Member”, page 160 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the radiator center rear air duct. Refer to ⇒ Engine Me‐
chanical; Rep. Gr. 19 .
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

148 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.7 Impact Absorber, Removing and Instal‐


ling
⇒ “1.7.1 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 149
⇒ “1.7.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from
MY 2013”, page 149

1.7.1 Shock Absorber, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the headlamp washer system fluid line -1- from the
impact absorber -2-.

Caution

There is a risk of it breaking.


♦ To prevent the retaining tabs -arrows- from breaking off,
carefully remove the impact absorber from the bumper
cover at the outer sides.

– Remove shock absorber from bumper cover.


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Installing permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1.7.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the headlamp washer system fluid line -3- from the
impact absorber -1-.
– Remove schock absorber from bumper cover -2- -Pfeile-,
which detaches the Velcro fastenener.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1. Front Bumper 149


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.8 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling
⇒ “1.8.1 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 4.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 150
⇒ “1.8.2 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 151
⇒ “1.8.3 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 151

1.8.1 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Removing

Note

Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.

– Pull the spray nozzle telescoping section out of the bumper


cover as far as the stop.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

Caution

Risk of injury.
♦ Always hold the knife blade away from you.

– Depending on the date of manufacture, the upper right air in‐


take grille mounting hooks -1- may be welded to the bumper
cover. If they are, separate the welded connection with a sharp
knife.
– Release the mounting hooks -arrows- and remove the left air
intake grille forward out of the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Plastic weld the mounting hooks, for example, with a soldering
iron. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,


page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

150 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.8.2 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
♦ Removal Wedge - T40233-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
Removing

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Pull the spray nozzle telescoping section out of the bumper


cover as far as the stop.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Carefully warm up the adhesive surfaces on the air intake grille
with Hot Air Blower - VAG1416- .
– Use Trim Removal Wedge - T40233- to loosen the air intake
grille from the bumper cover.

– Carefully remove the clip -3- from the guide tab with a screw‐
driver.
– Lift the catch -2- for the hook and unlock the hook on the air
intake grille -1- -arrows-.
– Remove the air intake grille -2- from the bumper cover
-arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Clean the adhesive surface on the bumper cover with Clean‐
ing Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Remove the peel-off backing from the tape.
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

1.8.3 Left Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-

1. Front Bumper 151


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Removal Wedge - T40233-


♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
Removing

Note

Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.

– Pull the spray nozzle telescoping section out of the bumper


cover as far as the stop.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

– Carefully remove the clip -2- from the guide tab -3- with a
screwdriver -arrow-.
– Remove the bolts -4- and then remove the counterhold -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

152 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Carefully warm up the adhesive surfaces -1- on the air intake


grille -3- using a Hot Air Blower - VAG1416- .
– Use Trim Removal Wedge - T40233- to loosen the air intake
grille from the bumper cover -4-.
– Release the retaining straps -2- and remove the air intake grille
forward out of the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Clean the adhesive surface on the bumper cover with Clean‐
ing Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Remove the peel-off backing from the tape.
– Mount the air intake grille on the bumper cover and press down
until it audibly clicks into place.
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Bumper 153


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.9 Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling
⇒ “1.9.1 Upper Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 154
⇒ “1.9.2 Upper Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 155
⇒ “1.9.3 Lower Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine, from MY 2013”, page 157
⇒ “1.9.4 Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 157 permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
1.9.1 Upper Right Air Intake Grille, Removing
and Installing, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-
Engine, through MY 2012
Removing

Note

Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.

– Pull the spray nozzle telescoping section out of the bumper


cover as far as the stop.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the lower right air intake grille
⇒ “1.9.3 Lower Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine, from MY 2013”, page 157 .
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

154 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Caution

Risk of injury.
♦ Always hold the knife blade away from you.

– Depending on the date of manufacture, the upper right air in‐


take grille mounting hooks -1- mayProtected
be welded to the
by copyright. bumper
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
cover. If they are, separate the welded connection
permitted withby
unless authorised a AUDI
sharp AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
knife. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Release the mounting hooks -arrows- and remove the upper


right air intake grille forward out of the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Plastic weld the mounting hooks, for example, with a soldering
iron.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

1.9.2 Upper Right Air Intake Grille, Removing


and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
♦ Removal Wedge - T40233-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
Removing

Note

Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.

– Pull the spray nozzle telescoping section out of the bumper


cover as far as the stop.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1. Front Bumper 155


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Carefully remove the clip -2- from the guide tab -3- with a
screwdriver -arrow-.
– Remove the bolts -4- and then remove the counterhold -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Carefully warm up the adhesive surfaces -4- on the air intake


grille -2- with Hot Air Blower - VAG1416- .
– Use the Trim Removal Wedge - T40233- to loosen the air in‐
take grille from the bumper cover -1-.
– Release the tabs -3- and remove the air intake grille forward
out of the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Clean the adhesive surface on the bumper cover with Clean‐
ing Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Remove the peel-off backing from the tape.
– Mount the air intake grille on the bumper cover and press down
until it audibly clicks into place.
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

156 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.9.3 Lower Right Air Intake Grille, Removing


and Installing, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-
Engine, from MY 2013
Removing
– Pull the lower air intake grille -1- forward -arrow- by reaching
in the opening under the brace.
– Remove the lower air intake grille from the bumper.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Make sure the lower right air intake grille is engaged securely.

1.9.4 Right Air Intake Grille, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Removing

Note

Lay cloths under the air intake grille to protect it.

– by
Protected Pull the spray
copyright. Copying nozzle
for private telescoping section
or commercial purposes, out
in part or inof theisbumper
whole, not
cover as far as the stop.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• Hold telescoping section in the extended position with pliers.
– Expand the cover side pieces -1- for the spray nozzle
-arrows- and disengage it from the tab -2-.
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

– Carefully press the clips -2- and -3- off the guide tabs using a
screwdriver.
– Release the hook -arrows- on the air intake grille -1-.
– Remove the air intake grille -2- from the bumper cover
-arrow-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the cover for the spray nozzle. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .

1. Front Bumper 157


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.10 Winglet, Removing and Installing, R8


GT
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the clips -arrows- from the guide with a screwdriver.
– Remove the winglet -1- from the bumper cover -2- toward the
outside.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
page 144 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1.11 Bumper Cover End Plate, Removing


and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Free up the wiring harness -4-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Lift the securing tabs -2- and disengage the retaining clips
-3-.
– Pull the front bumper cover end plate -1- back.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Ve‐
hicles from MY 2013”, page 141 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.12 Spoiler Lip, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Beginning at the outer side, carefully remove the spoiler lip
retaining tabs -1- from the spoiler mount -2- -arrows-.
– Remove the spoiler lip.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal.

158 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.13 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Remov‐


ing and Installing
⇒ “1.13.1 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles through MY 2012”, page 159
⇒ “1.13.2 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 159

1.13.1 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Remov‐


ing and Installing, Vehicles through MY
2012
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Raise the securing tabs -2- on the back of the spoiler mount
and release the clips -1-.
– Carefully pull the spoiler mount -3- out of the bumper cover
-arrows- and remove it.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Installing permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Press the spoiler mount onto the bumper cover until it engages
audibly.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1.13.2 Spoiler Lip and Spoiler Mount, Remov‐


ing and Installing, Vehicles from MY
2013
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover end plate. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Bumper Cover End Plate, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 158 .
– Free up the wiring harness and remove the plug -1- from the
mount.
– Remove the spoiler mount -2- through the opening with a Pry
Lever - 80 - 200- , as shown in the illustration.

1. Front Bumper 159


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

• This releases the retaining clips -1-. If necessary, lift the se‐
curing tabs -2-.
– Carefully pull the spoiler mount -3- out of the bumper cover
-arrows- and remove it.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R8 Coupe, Ve‐
hicles from MY 2013”, page 141 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Press the spoiler mount onto the bumper cover until it engages
audibly.
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1.14 Spoiler, Removing and Installing, Lower


Section, R8 GT
Removing
– Remove the bolts -1-.
– Pull the lower section of the spoiler -4- off the bumper cover
-3- -arrow-. The tabs -2- will unlatch while doing this.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to ⇒ page 142 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Attach the lower section of the spoiler -1- to the bumper cover
-3-. The guides must lock into the Protected
mountsby-2- while doing this.
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Push the lower section of the spoiler all the way in. The tabs
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
-4- must click into place.

1.15 Overview - Impact Member

160 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
2 - Lower Right Impact Mem‐
ber
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.18 Lower Right Im‐
pact Member, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
163 .
3 - Upper Impact Member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.16 Upper Impact
Member, Removing and
Installing”, page 162 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
5 - Spring Nut
6 - Lower Right Bumper Cover
Mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Lower Bumper
Cover Mounts, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
148 .
7 - Bolt
❑ Counterhold at the nut
-17- when removing and
installing.
❑ 21 Nm
8 - Bottom Center Bumper
Cover Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Lower Bumper Cover Mounts, Removing and Installing”, page 148 .
9 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 10 Nm
10 - Lower Left Bumper Cover Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Lower Bumper Cover Mounts, Removing and Installing”, page 148 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
11 - Spring Nut permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
13 - Spring Nut
14 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
15 - Lower Left Impact Member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.17 Lower Left Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 162 .

1. Front Bumper 161


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

16 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
17 - Nut

1.16 Upper Impact Member, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the upper impact member -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.15 Overview - Impact Member”, page 160 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

1.17 Lower Left Impact Member, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the lower left impact member -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.15 Overview - Impact Member”, page 160 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

162 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.18 Lower Right Impact Member, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the radiator mount.
– Remove the nut -2- and the bolt -3-.
– Remove the lower right impact member -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.15 Overview - Impact Member”, page 160 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the front bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Install the luggage compartment tray. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Front Bumper 163


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Rear Bumper
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing”,
page 167
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168
⇒ “2.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 170
⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171
⇒ “2.6 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing”,
page 171 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”,
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
page 172
⇒ “2.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 174
⇒ “2.9 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 176
⇒ “2.10 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 176
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178
⇒ “2.12 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 180
⇒ “2.13 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
page 182
⇒ “2.14 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 183
⇒ “2.15 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 184
⇒ “2.16 License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 184

2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover


⇒ “2.1.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover, Bumper Cover Lower
Section and Center Section, Air Guide”, page 164
⇒ “2.1.2 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover, Air Intake Grille, Exhaust
Pipe Trim”, page 166

2.1.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover, Bumper Cover Lower Section and Center
Section, Air Guide

164 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
2 - Bumper Cover Lower Sec‐
tion
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Bumper Cover
Lower Section, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
171 .
3 - Metal Nut
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Quantity: 10
5 - Blind Rivet
6 - Support
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

7 - Bumper Cover
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ Removing and instal‐


ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 168 .
8 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ 5 Nm
9 - Washer
10 - License Plate Bracket
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
11 - Nut or bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
13 - Bumper Cover Center Section
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing”, page 167 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
15 - Fog lamp
❑ Market-specific
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
16 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
17 - Air Intake Grille
❑ Remove with the fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
18 - Air Guide
❑ For transmission cooling
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .

2. Rear Bumper 165


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

19 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm

2.1.2 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover, Air Intake Grille, Exhaust Pipe Trim

1 - Air Intake Grille


❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.8 Air Intake Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 174 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
3 - Nut
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 168 .
❑ On vehicles with a 5.2L
FSI engine with bumper
cover trim. Removing
and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.9 Bumper Cover
Trim, Removing and In‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
stalling, Vehicles with authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
permitted unless
5.2L FSI-Engine,
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
through MY 2012”, page
176 .
5 - Cover
6 - Bolt
❑ 2.2 Nm
7 - Exhaust pipe trim
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.10 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 176 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
9 - Fastener
❑ for the bolt
10 - Center Bumper Cover Mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 172 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

166 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Quantity: 2
13 - Washer
14 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
15 - Clip
❑ For the air intake grille
16 - Trim panel
❑ For the air intake grille
❑ There are different versions. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing
Removing
– Extend the spoiler. Refer to Owner's Manual.
– Remove the license plate.
– Remove the license plate lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the nuts -1 and 3- and bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the bumper cover center section -2- while guiding the
license plate lamp wiring harness out.
– Disconnect the wires for the rearview camera system, if equip‐
ped. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 .

Note

Depending on the version, bolts or nuts -1 and 3- are installed.

Installing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Gap
permitted unlessdimension, refer
authorised by AUDI AG. to
AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.4
with respect Rear
to the Bumper
correctness Coverin Gap
of information Dimensions”,
this document. Copyright by page
AUDI AG.170 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– If the vehicle has a rearview camera, the Rearview Camera -
R189- must be recalibrated. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep.
Gr. 91 .

2. Rear Bumper 167


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the left and right air ducts. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Remove the bolts -A arrows- for the muffler heat shield -1-.
– Remove the bolts -B arrows- for the bumper cover side walls
-2-.
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Version I:
– Remove the bolts -1 to 5-.
– Remove the license plate bracket -6- if equipped.
– Disengage the side walls on the side panel downward
-arrows-.
– Remove bumper cover -7- and disconnect the connectors.

168 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Version II:
– Remove the bolts -2, 4 and 5-.
– Remove the license plate bracket -3- if applicable.
– Disengage the side walls on the side panel downward
-arrows-.
– Remove bumper cover -1- and disconnect the electrical con‐
nectors.

Installing
• Tightening Specifications. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 and ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Before installing, check if the heat shield on the inner side of
the bumper cover is positioned as illustrated.
– The heat shield -2- must be positioned at distance -a- from the
opening for the wiring harness and it must be spaced evening
between the top and bottom of the bumper cover brace -1-.

• Dimension -a- = 3 mm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– The center of the
with heat
respectshield -4- must
to the correctness be spaced
of information evenly to
in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
markings -3 and 5- and the distance up and down to the bump‐
er cover brace -6- must be equal.

2. Rear Bumper 169


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

• Dimension -b- left = dimension -b- right.


– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Install the left and right air ducts. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .
– Install the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

2.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions

A - Rear Bumper Cover to the


Upper Rear Side Panel
• Gap dimension -a- = 2.5 ±
0.5 mm
❑ Not adjustable
-1- Rear bumper cover

-2- Upper rear side panel

B - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐


tion to the Upper Rear Side
Panel
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
• Align with -C-
C - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐
tion to the Upper Rear Side
Panel
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
• Align with -B-
D - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐
tion to the Tail Lamp Assembly
• Gap dimension = 1.5 ±
0.5 mm.
• Align with -F-
E - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐
tion to the Rear Spoiler
• Gap dimension -b- = 3.0 ±
0.5 mm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

F - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

tion to the Tail Lamp Assembly


• Gap dimension = 1.5 ± 0.5 mm.

170 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

• Align with -D-

2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the bolts on the air ducts -1- and -2- and the air ducts.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the air ducts -1- and -2- in the bumper cover lower sec‐
tion and tighten the bolts.

2.6 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing
⇒ “2.6.1 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles through MY 2012”, page 171
⇒ “2.6.2 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 171

2.6.1 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing, Vehicles through MY
2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer toProtected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
page 168 . with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the rear fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;


Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove bolts -arrows- and, if equipped, pull out retaining
clips.
– Remove the bumper cover lower section -1- from the bumper
cover.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.6.2 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing, Vehicles from MY
2013
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAS5072-
♦ Drill

2. Rear Bumper 171


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Pop rivets. Refer to the Parts Catalog.


Removing
– Remove the rear fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the rear wheels. Refer to ⇒ Suspension, Wheel,
Steering; Rep. Gr. 44 .
– Loosen the wheel housing liner in the rear area and push for‐
ward. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– On vehicles with 0BZ transmission, remove the rear mount for
the rear noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.9 Rear Mount for Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 289 .
– Free up the wiring harness -2-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Drill out the blind rivetpermitted
heads, drive
unless out the
authorised rivet
by AUDI AG.shafts
AUDI AGand does not guarantee or accept any liability
remove the rear fog lamp bracket
with respect -item
to the 1-. of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
correctness

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the clamps -2 and 3-.
– Remove the bumper cover lower section -1- from the bumper
cover.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Disconnect the connector for the rear lid spoiler.

172 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the electrical connector from the bracket.


– To do this press the release in the direction of -arrow A- and
remove the electrical connector -1- from the bracket -2- in the
direction of -arrow B-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the center bumper cover mount -1- while guiding the
engine compartment lid spoiler electrical connector out.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Adjust the center bumper cover mount. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 170 .
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Rear Bumper 173


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling
⇒ “2.8.1 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with
4.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 174
⇒ “2.8.2 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with
5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 175
⇒ “2.8.3 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from
MY 2013”, page 175

2.8.1 Airpermitted
Intake unlessGrille, Removing and Instal‐
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

ling, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine,


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
– Carefully press the air intake grille clips -A- off the guide tabs
using a screwdriver -4-.
– Tip the inside of the air intake grille -3- out and remove it from
the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

174 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.8.2 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -3-.
– Carefully press the clips -A- on the air intake grille off the guide
tabs using a screwdriver.
– Tip the inside of the air intake grille -2- outward and remove it
from the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2.8.3 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -3-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Carefully press the clips -A- on the air
permitted intake
unless grille
authorised off the
by AUDI guide
AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
tabs using a screwdriver. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Tip the inside of the air intake grille -2- outward and remove it
from the bumper cover.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2. Rear Bumper 175


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.9 Bumper Cover Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Carefully press the trim clips -1- off the guide tabs using a
screwdriver.
– Remove the trim -2- from the bumper cover -3-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2.10 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling
⇒ “2.10.1 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 4.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 176
⇒ “2.10.2 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 5.2L FSI-Engine, through MY 2012”, page 177
⇒ “2.10.3 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 178
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
2.10.1 Exhaust
permitted unlessPipe
authorisedTrim, Removing
by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not and In‐or accept any liability
guarantee

stalling, Vehicles with 4.2L FSI-Engine,


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the exhaust pipe trim -1- inward from the bumper
cover.

176 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the distance of the exhaust pipe trim to the bumper
cover at the left and right:
• Dimension -b- left = dimension -b- right.
– Check the exhaust pipe trim dimension -a- to the bumper cov‐
er:
• Dimension -a- = 18.5 mm.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2.10.2 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles with 5.2L FSI-Engine,
through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Protected
Remove the bolts
by copyright. -arrows-.
Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Remove
with respectthe
to theexhaust
correctness pipe trim -1-
of information inward
in this from
document. thebybumper
Copyright AUDI AG.
cover.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the distance between the exhaust pipe trim and the
bumper cover:
• Make sure the gap is even all the way around.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2. Rear Bumper 177


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.10.3 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the exhaust pipe trim -1- inward from the bumper
cover.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the distance from exhaust pipe trim -2- to the bumper
cover -1-:
• Dimension -x- = uniform gap.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2.11 Overview - Protected


Impact Member
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

178 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Impact Member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Impact Member,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 180 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
4 - Left Mount
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.14 Impact Member
Mount, Removing and
Installing”, page 183 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Each bolt may tightened
only one time due to the
setting behavior of the
component.
❑ Do not retighten the
bolts.
6 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
7 - Left Heat Shield
❑ for the impact member
mount
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Impact Member
Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 184 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
9 - Left License Plate Bracket Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.16permitted
License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 184 .
unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
10 - Right License Plate Bracket
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.16 License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 184 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
12 - Right Mount
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.14 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 183 .
13 - Right Heat Shield
❑ for the impact member mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.15 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 184 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm

2. Rear Bumper 179


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

15 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
16 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Each bolt may tightened only one time due to the setting behavior of the component.
❑ Do not retighten the bolts.
17 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
18 - Right Heat Shield
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 182 .
19 - Nut
20 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
21 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
22 - Bracket
❑ for Radio Frequency Controlled Clock Receiver - J489-
23 - Nut
24 - Left Heat Shield
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “2.13 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 182 .

2.12 Impact Member, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Disconnect the connector -2- on the Radio Frequency Con‐
trolled Clock Receiver - J489- . Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Note

If replacing the impact member -1-, remove the Radio Frequency


Controlled Clock Receiver - J489- . Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 90 .

– Remove the nuts -arrows- and guide the heat shield -3- out of
the threaded pins.

180 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Free up the wire -1- using the Pry Lever - 80 - 200- and remove
it from the impact member.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- by counterholding the nuts.
– Remove the impact member -2-.
Installing
• Tightening Specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178 and ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

♦ Each bolt may tightened only one time due to the setting be‐
havior of the component.
♦ Do not retighten the bolts.

– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to


⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Rear Bumper 181


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.13 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and guide the heat shield -4- out of
the threaded pins.
– Remove the bolts -1- and -3-.
– Remove the impact member heat shield -2-.
Installing
• Tightening Specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178 and ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

182 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.14 Impact Member Mount, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the impact member. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 180 .
– Remove the muffler bracket. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Injection and
Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the impact member mount.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Installing
• Tightening Specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178 and ⇒ Fuel
Injection and Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the impact member. Refer to
⇒ “2.12 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 180 .
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2. Rear Bumper 183


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.15 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
– Remove the impact member mount heat shield -3-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

2.16 License Plate Bracket, Removing and


Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

184 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Free up the spiral clips -2- and -3- and the wires using the Pry
Lever - 80 - 200- .

Note

Use silicone-free lubricant spray if necessary to make installation


easier.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the license plate brackets -1- and -4- from the impact
member.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.11 Overview - Impact Member”, page 178 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 168 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 167 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Rear Bumper 185


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Bumper, Rear, R8 GT
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing”,
page 189
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190
⇒ “3.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 191
⇒ “3.5 Air Intake Grille in Bumper Cover Center Section, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 192
⇒ “3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 193
⇒ “3.7 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Removing and Installing”,
page 193
⇒ “3.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 194
⇒ “3.9 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 194
⇒ “3.10 Overview - Impact Member”, page 195
⇒ “3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 197
⇒ “3.12 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
page 198
⇒ “3.13 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 199 Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “3.14 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield,with
Removing
respect to the and In‐ of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
correctness
stalling”, page 200

3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT


Part 1

186 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
2 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
4 - Spring Nut
5 - Spring Nut
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
7 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
8 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper
Cover, Removing and
Installing”, page 190 .
9 - License Plate Bracket
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
10permitted
- Bumperunless Cover
authorisedLower
by AUDISec‐
AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
tionwith respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.7 Bumper Cover
Lower Section, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
193 .
11 - Right Air Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 193 .
12 - Air Intake Grille
❑ Remove with the fog lamp. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
13 - Fog Lamp
❑ Market-specific
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
14 - Left Air Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 193 .

Part 2

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 187


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Left Air Intake Grille


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.8 Air Intake Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 194 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
3 - Rear Parking Aid Sensor
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 .
4 - Left Exhaust Pipe Trim
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.9 Exhaust Pipe
Trim, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 194 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
6 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 9
7 - Air Intake Grille
❑ For the center section of
the bumper cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. by
Protected Refer to Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
copyright.
⇒ “3.5 Air Intake Grille in
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Bumper Cover Center


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Section, Removing and Installing”, page 192 .


8 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
10 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 4
11 - Bumper Cover Center Section
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Installing”, page 189 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
14 - Right Exhaust Pipe Trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.9 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 194 .

188 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

15 - Bolt
❑ 2.5 Nm
16 - Nut
❑ 2.5 Nm
17 - Right Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 194 .
18 - Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 190 .

3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear spoiler. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 279 .
– Remove the license plate.
– Remove the license plate lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Pull out the center section of the bumper cover -1- just a little
and disconnect the left and right connectors.
– Remove the bumper cover center section while guiding the
license plate lamp wiring harness out.
Installing
• Gap dimension. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions”, page 191 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
pagewith
186 . to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
respect

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:


– Install the license plate lamps. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐
ment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
– Install the rear spoiler. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 279 .
– If the vehicle has a rearview camera, the Rearview Camera -
R189- must be recalibrated. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep.
Gr. 91 .

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 189


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the rear wheel housing liners. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the left and right air ducts. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 193 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Disconnect the connector -1-.


– Remove the bolts -arrows- from the bumper cover side piece
-2-.

– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to


⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the bolts -2 and 3-.
– Disengage the side walls on the side panel downward
-arrows-.
– Remove the bumper cover -1- just a little with a second tech‐
nician and free up the wiring harness.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

190 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– The heat shield -2- must be positioned at distance -a- from the
opening for the wiring harness and it must be spaced evening
between the top and bottom of the bumper cover brace -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• unless
permitted Dimension
authorised -a- = 3AG.
by AUDI mmAUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– The center of the heat shield -4- must be spaced evenly to
markings -3 and 5- and the distance up and down to the bump‐
er cover brace -6- must be equal.

• Dimension -b- left = dimension -b- right.


– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Install the left and right air ducts. Refer to
⇒ “3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 193 .
– Install the rear wheel housing liners. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

3.4 Rear Bumper Cover Gap Dimensions

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 191


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Rear Bumper Cover to the


Upper Rear Side Panel
• Gap dimension -a- = 2.5 ±
0.5 mm
❑ Not adjustable
-1- Rear bumper cover

-2- Upper rear side panel

B - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐


tion to the Upper Rear Side
Panel
• Gap dimension = even gap
progression
C - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐
tion to the Rear Lid Trim Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

• Gap dimension -b- = 3.0 ±


permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
0.5 mm
-3- rear lid trim

-4- center section of the bump‐


er cover

D - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐


tion to the Tail Lamp Assembly
• Gap dimension = 1.5 ±
0.5 mm.

3.5 Air Intake Grille in Bumper Cover Center


Section, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the bolts -1-.
– Remove the air intake grille -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

192 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.6 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the bolts on the air ducts -1- and -2- and the air ducts.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the air ducts -1- and -2- in the bumper cover lower sec‐
tion and tighten the bolts.

3.7 Bumper Cover Lower Section, Remov‐


ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Disconnect the connector -1-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Free up the wiring harness -2-.
– Remove the bumper cover lower section -3- from the bumper
cover.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 193


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.8 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -3-.
– Carefully press the clips -A- on the air intake grille off the guide
tabs using a screwdriver.
– Tip the inside of the air intake grille -2- outward and remove it
from the bumper cover.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper
ProtectedCover Assembly
by copyright. Copying forOverview, Rear,purposes,
private or commercial R8 GT”,in part or in whole, is not
page 186 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Slide the clips onto the retaining tabs as far as the stop while
making sure the tabs do not break off.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

3.9 Exhaust Pipe Trim, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the exhaust pipe trim -1- inward from the bumper
cover.

194 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Rear, R8 GT”,
page 186 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Check the distance from exhaust pipe trim -2- to the bumper
cover -1-:
• Dimension -x- = uniform gap.
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

3.10 Overview - Impact Member

1 - Left Heat Shield


❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.12 Impact Member
Heat Shield, Removing
and Installing”,
page 198 .
2 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Bolt Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ 10 Nm permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ Each bolt may tightened
only one time due to the
setting behavior of the
component.
❑ Do not retighten the
bolts.
4 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
6 - Left Mount
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Impact Member
Mount, Removing and
Installing”, page 199 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
8 - Left Heat Shield
❑ For the impact member mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.14 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 200 .

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 195


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

9 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
10 - Right Mount
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.13 Impact Member Mount, Removing and Installing”, page 199 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
12 - Right Heat Shield
❑ for the impact member mount
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.14 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 200 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
13 - Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ 6 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
❑ Each bolt may tightened only one time due to the setting behavior of the component.
❑ Do not retighten the bolts.
15 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
16 - Right Heat Shield
❑ For impact member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “3.12 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 198 .
17 - Nut
18 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
19 - Impact Member
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”, page 197 .
20 - Nut

196 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the nut -2- and then guide the heat shield -1- off the
threaded pin.
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

– Free up the wire -1- and pull it out of the impact member.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- by counterholding the nuts.
– Remove the impact member -2-.
Installing
• Tightening Specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.10 Overview
authorised by AUDI AG.-AUDI
Impact
AG does Member”, page
not guarantee 195
or accept anyand
liability⇒
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless Fuel
with respectInjection and ofIgnition;
to the correctness informationRep. Gr. 26Copyright
in this document. . by AUDI AG.

Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

♦ Each bolt may tightened only one time due to the setting be‐
havior of the component.
♦ Do not retighten the bolts.

– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to


⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 197


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.12 Impact Member Heat Shield, Removing


and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the nuts -arrows- and guide the heat shield -4- out of
the threaded pin.
– Remove the bolts -1- and -3-.
– Remove the impact member heat shield -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.10 Overview - Impact Member”, page 195 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,


page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

198 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.13 Impact Member Mount, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the impact member. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 197 .
– Remove the muffler bracket. Refer to ⇒ Fuel Injection and
Ignition; Rep. Gr. 26 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the impact member mount.
Installing
• Tightening Specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.10
Protected Overview
by copyright. - Impact
Copying for private Member”, page 195
or commercial purposes, in partand ⇒ Fuel
or in whole, is not
Injection
permitted and
unless Ignition;
authorised Rep.
by AUDI Gr.AG26
AG. AUDI . not guarantee or accept any liability
does
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the impact member. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Impact Member, Removing and Installing”,
page 197 .
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

3. Bumper, Rear, R8 GT 199


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.14 Impact Member Mount Heat Shield, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Remove the bolts -1- and -2-.
– Remove the impact member mount heat shield -3-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.10 Overview - Impact Member”, page 195 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 190 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

200 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAS5072-

♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-

♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Removal Wedge - T40233-

4. Special Tools 201


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Hose Clamps - Up To 25 mm - 3094-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

202 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

64 – Glass, Window Regulators


1 Flush-Bonded Windows
⇒ “1.1 Flush-Bonded Windows, Removing and Installing”,
page 203
⇒ “1.2 Materials”, page 203
⇒ “1.3 Servicing Windows with Window
Protected Repair
by copyright. Kit VAS6092
Copying and purposes, in part or in whole, is not
for private or commercial
Repair Resin, Talon VAS1993/2 ”, page
permitted unless204
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204
⇒ “1.5 Windows, Resealing”, page 205

1.1 Flush-Bonded Windows, Removing and Installing


Materials

♦ 2K Window Adhesive Kit - D 004 660 M2- 1)2)

♦ 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 03- 3)4)

♦ Glass-/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02-

♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-

♦ Applicator - D 009 500 25-

♦ Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10-

♦ Cutting wire - 357 853 999-

♦ Cutting wire - 357 845 955-


1) Follow the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .
2) Use a Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- with this material.
3) Warm according to the manufacturer's instructions using a Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A- .
4) 110 ml small cartridge for sealing work and/or when the 400 ml double cartridge is not enough.

1.2 Materials

♦ 2K Window Adhesive Kit - D 004 660 M2- 1)

♦ 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 03- 4)

♦ Glass-/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02-

♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-

♦ Applicator - D 009 500 25-

♦ Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10-

♦ Cutting Tool for Bonded Windows - Wire - 6452/2- or Cutting Wire - 357 853 999-

1) Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .
2) To apply this material, the Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- must be used.

1. Flush-Bonded Windows 203


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3) Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A- .


4) Small cartridge (110 ml) for sealing and/or when a 400 ml double cartridge is not sufficient.

Adhesive Sealant, Removing from Window


Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10- is recommended as a clean‐
ing solution. Follow all safety precautions.

Caution
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
When cleaning from vehicle interior out, the window just in‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
stalled must not be pressed outward.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Paint Surfaces
– First, clean paint surfaces with a dry cloth. Remove residual
adhesive with Adhesive Remover - D 002 000 10- .
Plastic Trim
– Allow the window adhesive to harden (about 1 hour) and then
peel it off.

1.3 Servicing Windows with Window Repair


Kit - VAS6092- and Repair Resin, Talon
- VAS1993/2-
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Window Repair Kit - VAS1993- or -VAS6092-
♦ Windshields with stone chips can be repaired with the Window
Repair Kit - AS 6092- and the Repair Resin, Talon -
VAS1993/2- .
♦ These damaged areas must not exceed a certain dimension
or lie within the driver field of sight.
♦ For further details on use, refer to operating instructions en‐
closed with each kit.

1.4 Minimum Curing Times

WARNING

♦ Vehicles with polycarbonate coating (R8 GT only) have


different minimum curing times.
♦ For safety reasons, use only electrically non-conductive
2K-adhesive when installing windshield using the materi‐
als listed below.
♦ The vehicle can only be used after the minimum curing
time has elapsed.

Type of glass, mineral glass Vehicle Adhesive sealing material Minimum curing time
in hours
Windshield With airbag 2K Window Adhesive Kit - D 004 2
660 M2-
Rear Window 2K Window Adhesive Kit - D 004 2
660 M2-
Side Windows 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 3
100 A2-

204 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Type of glass, mineral glass Vehicle Adhesive sealing material Minimum curing time
in hours
Partition Window 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 3
100-

Only on the R8 GT

Caution

If the vehicle has polycarbonate glass, then 1K MS assembly


adhesive with the identification shown below along with the
minimum curing time must be used.

Glass type polycarbonate glass Vehicle Adhesive sealing material Minimum curing time
in hours
Rear Window 1K MS Assembly Adhesive - D 12
172 090 A2-
Partition Window 1K MS Assembly Adhesive - D 12
172 090 A2-

1.5 Windows, Resealing


– Allow leaky area to dry, and clean it.
– Apply adhesive sealing material to leaking area between win‐
dow and sheet metal flange and spread.
– Allow adhesive sealing material to air dry.
– Perform a leak test.
– Perform visual inspection of vehicle interior.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Flush-Bonded Windows 205


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Windshield
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield”, page 206
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing”, page 207

2.1 Overview - Windshield

1 - Windshield

Note

♦ Only windshields with viewing


window for VIN are delivered.
♦ On vehicles without a VIN in the
viewing window, cover the area
with Glass/Paint Primer - D 009
200 02- from the inside of the
window before installing it.
♦ Clean this area thoroughly with
Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- .
♦ Apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009
200 02- evenly in one stroke over
the entire viewing window using
an Applicator - D 009 500 25- .
♦ After drying 10 minutes, prime
the surface completely again. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Removing and instal‐ with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Windshield, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 207 .
❑ Dimension -b- = 3 mm
❑ Even out the distances
to the A-pillars when in‐
stalling
2 - Adhesive Bead
❑ Observe the minimum
curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing
Times”, page 204 .
❑ Different distances to
window edge:
• Dimension -a- = 19.5 mm
• Dimension -c- = 13.5 mm
• Dimension -d- = 13.5 mm
3 - Lower Window Frame
4 - Plenum Chamber Cover Frame
❑ Part of the windshield
❑ No replacement part
❑ With a new windshield, remove the protective pipe before installing the cowl panel trim.
5 - Plenum Chamber Cover
❑ Insert in the frame -4-.
❑ Only press on as far as the stop after the minimum curing time for the adhesive has elapsed.

206 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

6 - Upper Window Frame


7 - Cover Profile
❑ At the sides and top of the windshield
❑ Replace if reusing the undamaged windshield ⇒ page 210 .
8 - Side Window Frame
❑ Left and right A-pillar
9 - Sealing Lip
❑ For the VIN tag
10 - Label
❑ With the VIN
11 - Bracket
❑ For the VIN tag
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
12 - Adjusting Wedge
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ For securing the windshield during installation, refer to ⇒ page 213
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2.2 Windshield, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit - VAG 1474B-
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Window Cutter (25 mm) - VAG 1561/8-
♦ Window Reel Device - VAG1654A-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves
Removing
– Remove the windshield wiper arms. Refer to ⇒ Electrical
Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .
– Remove the plenum chamber cover. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Cowl, Removing and Installing”, page 13 .
– Remove the left and right sun visors. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the interior rearview mirror. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 68 .
– Remove Rain/Light Recognition Sensor - G397- . Refer to ⇒
Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 .
– Remove the left and right A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Disconnect the window antenna electrical connector.

2. Windshield 207
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Note

If the windshield will be installed again, secure the window an‐


tenna wiring harness -1- to the windshield with adhesive tape
-2- to protect it from damage.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear protective eyewear.
♦ Wear leather gloves.

– Pierce the Awl - VAG1474/2- through the window adhesive


bead in the lower left corner from the inside to the outside
-arrow-.
– Thread the cutting cord -1- into the Awl - VAG1474/2- and pull
it in.

– Route the cutting cord -arrow- all the way around under the
edge of the windshield. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Secure the end of the cutting cord -1- on the gas-filled strut
ball stud -arrow-.

208 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Slide the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Instrument Panel Cover


- VAG1474/13- between the windshield and instrument panel.
– Secure the end of the cutting cord in the Window Reel Device
- VAG1654A- .
– Cut the lower edge of the windshield out as far as possible.

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the instrument panel.


♦ Press the cutting cord -1- away from the instrument panel
with the hand -arrow-.

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration and continue cutting while continuing to the
guide the cutting cord by hand.

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration and position the Flush Bonded Window Kit -
Roller - VAG1474/1- in the upper corner of the windshield.
• The cutting cord is routed as shown in the illustration.
– Install the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Cover - VAG1474/7-
between the windshield and the instrument panel.
– Free up the windshield until the cutting cord is no longer guided
into the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Roller - VAG1474/1- .
– Remove the Flush Bonded Window Kit - Roller
Protected- by
VAG1474/1-
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
and continue freeing up the windshield while guiding
permitted the cut‐by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
unless authorised
ting cord by hand to avoid damaging the headliner.
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2. Windshield 209
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration and continue cutting while continuing to the
guide the cutting cord by hand.

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration and free the windshield up completely.
– Remove the windshield from the opening using the suction
lifter - VAG1344- .
Preparations for Installing the Windshield
– When reusing the undamaged window, evenly cut the rest of
the adhesive on the window and flange with the Window Cutter
- VAG1561A- and Window Cutter - Scraper (2 pc.) -
VAG1561/8- shortly before installing, but do not remove all
residue under any circumstances.

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


♦ Cut back the adhesive surface shortly before installing.
♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive
surface.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Cover Profile with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

210 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Before installing the new cover profile, remove the rest of the
old one -2- from the windshield -1- using a commercially avail‐
able glass scraper.

Note

The rest of the old adhesive bead -3- serves as an installation


marker for the new cover profile.

– Clean the adhesive surface using the Cleaning Solution - D


009 401 04- .
– Prime the adhesive surface using Glass/Paint Primer - D 009
200 02- and let it dry for at least 10 minutes.
– Beginning at the upper edge of the window, press the cover
profile -2- on while centered on the window.
• Installed position: The rearProtected
edge of the cover
by copyright. profile
Copying must
for private lie
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
on the remaining adhesive permitted
bead -3-.unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Then press the cover profile onto the window at the sides.
– Press the cover profile on firmly all around using a roller.
New Windshield

Note

♦ Only windshields with viewing window for VIN are delivered.


♦ On vehicles without a VIN in the viewing window, cover the
area with Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- from the inside
of the window before installing it.
♦ Clean this area thoroughly with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- .
♦ Apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- evenly in one stroke
over the entire viewing window using an Applicator - D 009
500 25- .
♦ After drying 10 minutes, prime the surface completely again.

– Clean the adhesive surface on the window glass all around


using Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- as describes as
follows.

Caution

Ceramic application on window is not primer! It must be primed


before the application of adhesive sealing material!

Window Flange
– If the window flange was damaged, recreate the paint struc‐
ture and apply corrosion protection if necessary.
– Clean the repaired area with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- and then apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- .

2. Windshield 211
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Applying Primer
– Apply the glass/paint primer -2- evenly all the way around in
one stroke using an applicator -1-.
– Begin applying with saturated felt.
• Primer width: dimension -a- approximately 20 mm.
• Location of the glass/paint primer: center of the adhesive
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Installing

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

Cross-section thickness of adhesive beadwithisrespect


determined by di‐of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
to the correctness
mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.

Dimensions for adhesive application:


1- Adhesive Bead
2- Glass/Paint Primer
3- Washer
• Dimension -a- = 8 ± 2 mm.
• Dimension -b- =13.5 ± 1.5 mm.
• Dimension -c- = note the different spacing dimensions to the
window edge. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield”, page 206 .

– Position the entire surface of the nozzle -2- on the window.


• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.

212 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Apply the adhesive sealing material -1- all around on the wind‐
shield as shown in the illustration.
– With an undamaged removed window, apply adhesive to re‐
maining bead.
– Note varying spacing dimensions to window edge
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Windshield”, page 206 .
– Insert the windshield in the opening using the suction lifter -
VAG1344- .

Caution

The window must be installed within 15 minutes or the adhe‐


sive sealing material will not adhere properly.

• The distance from the edge of the window to the roof frame
and to the A-pillars must be 3 + 1 mm.
• Align the sides of the windshield. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

– Slide the adjusting wedges -2- in at both places provided be‐


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

tween the body -1- and frame -3- to keep the windshield at the
same height.
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .

Protective Piping, Removing


– With a new windshield -1-, protective piping -2- must be re‐
moved from molding -3- before installing plenum chamber
cover -4-.

2. Windshield 213
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

"Caution - Safety information" Sticker


– Affix the sticker (for example, for the airbag) on the new wind‐
shield in the same location.
– Remove dimensions -a- and -b- from the old window adhesive.
– Adhesive can be applied wet, with distilled water.
– Apply the adhesive without bubbles and in the correct position.
– Dry excess water with paper.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

214 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Side Window
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Side Window”, page 215
⇒ “3.2 Side Window, Removing and Installing”, page 215

3.1 Overview - Side Window

1 - Side Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Side Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 215 .
❑ When installing, first
press onto the C-pillar
with the securing pins
-item 5- and then secure
with pop rivets.
2 - Blind Rivet
❑ To remove the side win‐
dow, drill out the rivet
heads and drive out the
rivet shafts.
3 - Adhesive Bead
❑ Observe the minimum
curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing
Times”, page 204 .
❑ Different distances to
window edge:
• Dimension -a- = 11.5 mm
• Dimension -b- = 19.7 mm
• Dimension -c- = 17.0 mm
4 - Seal
❑ for the roof trim molding
5 - Locking pin
❑ No replacement part
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Is cut through when re‐
moving window.

3.2 Side Window, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- from the
Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351- Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A- with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Blade, Offset - VAG1561/10-


♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A-
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAS5072-

3. Side Window 215


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves
♦ Drill
Removing

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the paint.


♦ In the window cutting area, protect the paint surfaces on
the side panel and roof from damage using adhesive tape.

– Remove the cover from the side panel: without fuel filler door
insert, refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, without Fuel Filler Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 25 , with fuel filler door insert, refer to
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, with Fuel Filler Door Insert, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page 27 .
– Remove the door seal and roof trim molding seal in the side
window area
⇒ “1.2 Roof Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”,
page 248 .

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear protective eyewear.
♦ Wear leather gloves.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

216 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Drill out the upper and lower rivet heads in the B-pillar area on
the window and drive out the rivet shafts.
Undamaged Side Window, Removing
– Route the cutting cord around the side window as shown in
the illustration.
– Secure each end of the cutting wire in the pull handle -
VAG1351/1- .
– Pull the cutting cord forward in the -direction of the arrow- with
light sawing motions and cut through the adhesive bead on the
bottom of the side panel and on the roof frame which also cuts
through the securing pins on the side window.
– Remove the side window from the side window opening.
Broken Side Window, Removing
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters.
– Remove glass pieces from adhesive material.
– Bond flange all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
– Cut through the adhesive sealing material (with glass residue)
in the window opening using the Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
and Cutting Blade, Bent at Right Angle - VAG1561/10-
Preparations for Installing Side Window
– When reusing an undamaged side window, cut the remaining
adhesive sealing material on the side window and flange using
a carpet knife so that it is even, but do not remove it com‐
pletely.

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive


Protected surface
by copyright. free
Copying of dirt
for private and grease.
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ Cut back with
therespect
adhesive surfaceofshortly
to the correctness informationbefore installing.
in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive


surface.

New Side Window


– Clean the adhesive surface on the side window all around with
Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- on the adhesive
surface.
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.
Window Flange
– If the window flange was damaged, recreate the paint struc‐
ture and apply corrosion protection if necessary.
– Clean the repaired area with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- and then apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- .

3. Side Window 217


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Applying Primer
– Apply the glass/paint primer -2- evenly all the way around in
one stroke using an applicator -1-.
– Begin applying with saturated felt.
• Primer width: dimension -a- approximately 20 mm.
• Location of the glass/paint primer: center of the adhesive
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Installing
– Cut the nozzle tip as shown in the illustration.
• Dimension -a- 12 mm

Note

Cross-section thickness of adhesive bead is determined by di‐


mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Dimensions for adhesive application:


1- Adhesive Bead
2- Glass/Paint Primer
3- Washer
• Dimension -a- = 8 + 2 mm.
• Dimension -b- =13.5 + 3.0 mm.
• Dimension -c- = varying spacing dimensions to window edge.
Refer to ⇒ “3.1 Overview - Side Window”, page 215 .

218 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the entire surface of the nozzle -2- on the window.


• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.
– Apply adhesive sealing material all around near window mold‐
ing.
– When using an undamaged removed window, apply adhesive
to the remaining bead.

Note

1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 A2- (small cartridge) is rec‐


ommended when bonding a single window 2K Window Adhesive
Kit - D 004 660 M2- is recommended when bonding more than
one window.

Caution

Install the side window within 15 minutes or the adhesive bond‐


ing ability will be reduced.

Used Side Window:


– When using a used side window without securing pins, align
the window flush to the roof trim molding seal and the body
contour and secure it with adhesive tape while the adhesive
cures.
New Side Window:
– First press the side window onto the C-pillar with the securing
pin, then insert it in the window opening and secure it in the B-
pillar area with pop rivets.
All:
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .
– Press the door seal and roof trim molding seal on in the side
window area. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Roof Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”,
page 248 .
– Install the cover from the side panel: without fuel filler door
insert, refer to
⇒ “2.2 Side Panel Cover, Protected
withoutbyFuel Filler Door, Removing
and Installing”, page 25 , with fuel filler door by insert, refer
AUDIto
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised AUDI AG. AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “2.3 Side Panel Cover, withwith Fuel
respectFiller Door Insert,
to the correctness Remov‐
of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
ing and Installing”, page 27 .

3. Side Window 219


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Partition Window
⇒ “4.1 Partition Window Assembly Overview”, page 220
⇒ “4.2 Partition Window, Removing and Installing”, page 220

4.1 Partition Window Assembly Overview

1 - Partition Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2 Partition Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 220 .
❑ When installing, first
press into the rear bulk‐
head with the securing
pins -4-
2 - Adhesive Bead
❑ Observe the minimum
curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Times”, page 204 . permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Different distances to with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

window edge:
• Dimension -a- = 13.5 mm.
• Dimension -b- = 18 mm
• Dimension -c- = 25.0 mm
• Dimension -d- = 14.0 mm
3 - Spacer
❑ 3 each at top and bottom
❑ Place on the markings
made on the ceramic
coating.
4 - Locking Pin
❑ No replacement part
❑ Quantity: 2
❑ Is cut through when re‐
moving window.

4.2 Partition Window, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Blade, Offset - VAG1561/10-
♦ Window Cutter - L Blade (2 pc.) - VAG1561/22-
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A-
♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves

220 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Remove the left and right C-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the rear panel trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the front engine compartment trim in the center. Refer
to
⇒ “1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Center, Removing
and Installing”, page 23 .
– Remove the hinge trim and B-pillar trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 22 .

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear protective eyewear.
♦ Wear leather gloves.

Removing the Undamaged Partition Window


– Cut through the adhesive bead from inside the vehicle all
around the partition window using the Window Cutter -
VAG1561A- and Window Cutter - L Blade (2 pc.) -
VAG1561/22- . This also cuts through the securing pins on the
back of the partition window.
– Remove the partition window from the side window opening.
Removing a Damaged Partition Window
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters.
– Remove
Protected glass for
by copyright. Copying pieces from
private or adhesive
commercial material.
purposes, in part or in whole, is not

with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright byadhesive


– Bond flange all around with fabric reinforced AUDI AG. tape.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

– Cut through the adhesive sealing material (with glass residue)


in the window opening using the Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
and Cutting Blade, Bent at Right Angle - VAG1561/10-
Preparations for Installing the Partition Window
– When reusing an undamaged partition window, cut the re‐
maining adhesive sealing material on the partition window and
flange using a carpet knife so that it is even, but do not remove
it completely.

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


♦ Cut back the adhesive surface shortly before installing.
♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive
surface.

4. Partition Window 221


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

New Partition Window


– Make sure the securing pins -1- and -2- are not bent.
– Install the spacer buffer -arrows- according to the markings on
the partition window.
– Clean the adhesive surface on the window all around with
Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- on the adhesive
surface.
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.
Window Flange
– If the window flange was damaged, recreate the paint struc‐
ture ⇒ Vehicle Paint and apply corrosion protection if neces‐
sary ⇒ Surface Technology/Chemical Materials .
– Clean the repaired area with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- and then apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- .

Applying Primer
– Apply the glass/paint primer -2- evenly all the way around in
one stroke using an applicator -1-.
– Begin applying with saturated felt.
• Primer width: dimension -a- approximately 20 mm.
• Location of the glass/paint primer: center of the adhesive
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Installing
– Cut the nozzle tip as shown in the illustration.
• Dimension -a- 12 mm

Note

Cross-section thickness of adhesive bead is determined by di‐


mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.

Dimensions for adhesive application:


1- Adhesive Bead
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
2- Glass/Paint Primer permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
3- Washer
• Dimension -a- = 8 + 2 mm.
• Dimension -b- =13.5 + 3.0 mm.
• Dimension -c- = varying spacing dimensions to window edge.
Refer to
⇒ “4.1 Partition Window Assembly Overview”, page 220 .

222 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the entire surface of the nozzle -2- on the partition


window.
• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.
– Apply adhesive sealing material all around near window mold‐
ing.
– When using an undamaged removed partition window, apply
adhesive to the remaining bead.

Note

♦ Use 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 03- or 2K Window


Adhesive Set - DA 004 600 A2- with mineral glass.
♦ Only use 1K MS Assembly Adhesive - D 172 090 A2- with
polycarbonate glass (R8 GT).

Caution

Install the partition window within 15 minutes or the adhesive


bonding ability will be reduced.

Used Partition Window:


– With a used partition window without securing pins, align the
window flush to the window opening and secure it in place
using adhesive tape until the adhesive cures.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not

New Partition Window:


permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– First press the partition window into the C-pillar with the se‐
curing pins and then insert it in the side window opening.
– Note the different minimum curing times. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .
– Install the hinge trim and B-pillar trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 Hinge Trim and B-Pillar Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 22 .
– Install the front engine compartment trim in the center. Refer
to
⇒ “1.4 Front Engine Compartment Trim in Center, Removing
and Installing”, page 23 .
– Install the rear panel trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Install the C-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .

4. Partition Window 223


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5 Rear Window
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 224
⇒ “5.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 224

5.1 Overview - Rear Window

1 - Rear Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Rear Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 224 .
❑ Dimension -a- and -e- =
3 mm
❑ Center when installing
2 - Adhesive Stop Profile
❑ Bonded parallel near
the rear window defrost‐
er distributing wire
3 - Rear Window Defroster
Connection
4 - Adhesive Bead
❑ Observe the minimum
curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing
Times”, page 204 .
❑ Different distances to
window edge:
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Dimension -b- = 13 mm permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• Dimension -c- = 31.0 mm
• Dimension -d- = 13.0 mm
5 - Frame
❑ For the rear lid
6 - Air Intake Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, R8 Coupe”, page 76 .
7 - High-Mounted Brake Lamp
8 - Spacer
❑ Quantity: 8
❑ Place on the markings made on the ceramic coating.
9 - Lower Trim
❑ For the rear lid

5.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-

224 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Awl - VAG1474/2- from the Flush Bonded Window Kit -


VAG1474B-
♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561A-
♦ Blade, Offset - VAG1561/10-
♦ Window Reel Device - VAG1654A-
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun by
Protected - VAS5237-
copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
♦ Protective eyewear
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Leather gloves
Removing
– Remove the bottom center trim. Refer to
⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 84 .
– Remove the right engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Disconnect the connectors -1- and -2- and free them up.
– Disconnect and free up the wiring harness to the antennas in
the rear lid. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep. Gr. 91 .
– Remove the right air intake grille. Refer to
⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 Coupe”,
page 76 .

Note

If the rear window will be installed again, secure the wiring har‐
ness to the side window with adhesive tape on the rear window
to protect it from damage -arrows-.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear protective eyewear.
♦ Wear leather gloves.

Removing an Undamaged Window


– Pierce the Awl - VAG1474/2- through the window adhesive
bead from the inside to the outside.
– Thread the cutting cord -1- into the Awl - VAG1474/2- and pull
it in.

5. Rear Window 225


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Route the cutting cord -arrow- all the way around under the
edge of the windshield.

– Loop the end of the cutting cord -1- through the bracket and
secure it on the gas-filled strut ball stud -arrow-.

– Secure the end of the cutting cord in the Window Reel Device
- VAG1654A- .
– Cut the right side of the rear window.

Note

Make sure the cutting cord does not damage the rear window
defroster electrical connectors.

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration.
– Cut the lower edge of the rear window.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

226 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration.
– Cut the left side of the rear window.

Note

Make sure the cutting cord does not damage the rear window
defroster electrical connectors.

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration.
– Cut the top of the rear window.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5. Rear Window 227


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- as shown in


the illustration and free the windshield up completely.
– Remove the rear window from the opening using the Suction
Lifter - VAG1344- .
Damaged Rear Window, Removing
– Protect the body and engine compartment from glass splint‐
ers.
– Remove glass pieces from adhesive material.
– Bond flange all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Cut through the adhesive sealing
permitted material
unless authorised (with
by AUDI AG.glass
AUDI AG residue)
does not guarantee or accept any liability
in the window openingwith
using the
respect Window
to the Cutter
correctness - VAG1561A-
of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
and Cutting Blade, Bent at Right Angle - VAG1561/10-
Preparations for the Installing the Rear Window
– When reusing an undamaged window, cut remaining adhesive
sealing material on window and flange using a carpet knife so
that it is even, but do not remove completely!

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


♦ Cut back the adhesive surface shortly before installing.
♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive
surface.

New Rear Window


– Clean the adhesive surface on the window all around with
Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- on the adhesive
surface.
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Caution

Ceramic application on window is not primer! It must be primed


before the application of adhesive sealing material!

228 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Install the spacer buffer -arrows- according to the markings on


the rear window.
– Bond the adhesive stop profiles -1- and -2- parallel near the
rear window defroster distributing wire.
Window flange
– If the window flange was damaged, recreate the paint struc‐
ture and apply corrosion protection if necessary.
– Clean the repaired area with Cleaning Solution - D 009 401
04- and then apply Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Applying Primer
– Apply the glass/paint primer -2- evenly all the way around in
one stroke using an applicator -1-.
– Begin applying with saturated felt.
• Primer width: dimension -a- approximately 20 mm.
• Location of the glass/paint primer: center of the adhesive
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Caution

Glass/paint primer conducts electricity and must not touch rear


window defroster distributing wire.

Installing

Note

♦ Use 1K Window Adhesive - DH 009 100 03- or 2K Window


Adhesive Set - DA 004 600 A2- with mineral glass.
♦ Only use 1K MS Assembly Adhesive - D 172 090 A2- with
polycarbonate glass (R8 GT).

– Install the right air intake grille. Refer to


⇒ “3.11 Air Intake Grille, Removing and Installing, R8 Coupe”,
page 76 .
– Cut the nozzle tip as shown in the illustration.
• Dimension -a- 12 mm

Note

Cross-section thickness of adhesive bead is determined by di‐


mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.

5. Rear Window 229


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Dimensions for adhesive application:


1- Adhesive Bead
2- Glass/Paint Primer
3- Washer
• Dimension -a- = 8 + 2 mm.
• Dimension -b- =13.5 + 3.0 mm.
• Dimension -c- = varying spacing dimensions to window edge.
Refer to ⇒ “5.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 224 .

– Position the entire surface of the nozzle -2- on the rear window.
• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

230 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Apply adhesive sealing material -1- all around the rear window
as shown in the illustration.
– With an undamaged removed rear window, apply adhesive to
remaining bead.

Caution

The adhesive sealing material must not come into contact with
the rear window defroster distributing wire.

– Note varying spacing dimensions to window edge. Refer to


⇒ “5.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 224 .
– Insert the windshield in the opening using the suction lifter -
VAG1344- .

Caution

♦ The rear window must be installed within 15 minutes or


the adhesive sealing material will not adhere properly.
♦ If the adhesive sealing material leaks out at the lower edge
when inserting the rear window, remove it immediately.

– Align the rear window with the air intake grilles, installation di‐
mensions, refer to
⇒ “5.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 224 .
– Note the different minimum curing times, refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .
– Secure the wiring harness for the rear window heating and for
the antennas inside the rear lid.
– Install the bottom center trim, refer to
⇒ “3.19 Lower Center Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 84 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5. Rear Window 231


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

6 Rear Window, R8 GT
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 232
⇒ “6.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing”, page 233

6.1 Overview - Rear Window

A - Rear Window to the Upper


Rear Side Panel
❑ Dimension -a- = 2.6 mm
❑ Dimension -b- = 75.7
mm
-1- Upper rear side panel
-2- Spacer

-3- Rear window

-4- Adhesive

-5- Rear lid flange

B - Rear Window
❑ Replace after removal
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 233 .
C - Rear Window to the High-
Mounted Brake Lamp
❑ Dimension -a- = 2.5 mm
❑ Dimension -b- = 29.9
mm
❑ Dimension -c- = 11.7
mm
-2- Spacer

-3- Rear window

-4- Adhesive

-5- Rear lid flange

-6- High-mounted brake lamp

D - Rear Window to the Rear Lid Trim


❑ Dimension -a- = 5.2 mm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ Dimension -b- = 44.5 mm permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Dimension -c- = 3.6 mm with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

-2- Spacer

-3- Rear window

-4- Adhesive

-5- Rear lid flange

-7- Rear lid trim

232 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

6.2 Rear Window, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- (quantity:
2)
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939 A-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237-
♦ Cutting Wire for Loosening Window Glass - 357 853 999 A-
♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves
Removing

Note

It is necessary to replace the rear window if it was removed.

Caution

Danger of causing damage to the rear lid.


♦ Be careful not to damage the rear lid flange and the rear
lid trim.
♦ It is necessary to replace the rear lid if the rear lid flange
and/or rear lid trim get damaged. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Rear Lid, Removing and Installing”, page 70 .

– Bond flange all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear protective eyewear.
♦ Wear leather gloves.

– Pierce the Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351- through the


window adhesive bead from the inside to the outside -arrow-.
– Thread the cutting cord -1- into the Bonded Window Tool Kit -
VAG1351- and pull it in.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

6. Rear Window, R8 GT 233


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Tape the rear lid trim -item 1- all the way around with fabric-
reinforced adhesive tape -4-.
– Thread the cutting wires into the Pull Handles - VAG1351/1-
and cut through the adhesive -3- using a sawing motion
-arrows-.
– Remove the rear window -2- from the opening using the Dou‐
ble Suction Lifter - VAG1344- .
Preparations for the installing the new rear window glass
– Cut smooth any adhesive that may still be on the flange using
a carpet knife just before installing, but do not remove com‐
pletely!

Note

The remaining material acts as a base for the new adhesive to be


applied.

Caution

♦ Keep the adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


♦ Cut back the adhesive surface shortly before installing.
♦ Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on the adhesive
surface.

– Clean the adhesive surface on the window all around with


Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Make sure the spacers are there. Glue them on according to
the dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 232 .
Applying Primer

Caution

Ceramic application on window is not primer! It must be primed


before the application of adhesive sealing material!

– Apply the Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200 02- -item 2- all the
way around evenly in one stroke with the applicator -1-.
– Begin applying with saturated felt.
• Primer width: dimension -a- approximately 10 mm.
• Location of the glass/paint primer: center of the adhesive
• Drying time approximately 10 minutes.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

234 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Installing
Dimensions for adhesive application:
1- Adhesive Bead
2- Glass/Paint Primer
3- Washer
• Dimension -a- = 10 mm
• Dimension -b- = 15 mm
• Dimension -c- = distance to the edge of the glass, refer to
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 232 .

– Position the entire surface of the nozzle -2- on the rear window.
• Application direction -arrow- for adhesive bead -1-.

Note

Cross-section thickness of adhesive bead is determined by di‐


mension of opening in nozzle tip and rate of application.

– Apply adhesive sealing material -1- all around the rear window
as shown in the illustration.
– Note varying spacing dimensions to window edge. Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 232 .
– Insert the rear window in the opening using the Suction Lifter
- VAG1344- .

Caution

♦ Protected
The rear window must be installed within 15 minutes or
the adhesive sealing material will
AG not
does adhere properly.
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI not guarantee or accept any liability

♦ If the adhesive sealing material leaks out at the lower edge


with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

when inserting the rear window, remove it immediately.

– Center the rear window glass. Refer to


⇒ “6.1 Overview - Rear Window”, page 232 .
– Observe the minimum curing time. Refer to
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Times”, page 204 .

6. Rear Window, R8 GT 235


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7 Bolted Windows
⇒ “7.1 Front Door Window and Front Window Guide Assembly
Overview”, page 236
⇒ “7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 237
⇒ “7.3 Door Window Gap Dimensions”, page 237
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment As‐
sembly Overview”, page 239
⇒ “7.5 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Lateral Adjust‐
ment”, page 240
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Height Adjustment As‐
sembly Overview”, page 241
⇒ “7.7 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Height Adjust‐
ment”, page 242
⇒ “7.8 Front Window Guide, Removing and Installing”,
page 244

7.1 Front Door Window and Front Window Guide Assembly Overview

1 - Door
2 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
3 - Window Regulator
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Height
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 241 .
4 - Door Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Door Window,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 237 .
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Lateral
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 239 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 9 Nm
6 - Front Window Guide
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.8 Front Window
Guide, Removing and
Installing”, page 244 .
7 - Nut
❑ Protected
4.5 Nmby copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
8 - Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 8 Nm
9 - Window Regulator Motor

236 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door seal and front interior window seal retaining
knobs from the door shell, refer to
⇒ “1.13 Door Seal and Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing
and Installing”, page 118 .
– Remove the front sealing plugs -5-.
– Remove the door shell cover -2-
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Run the door window down until the bolts in the opening are
visible.
– Remove the bolts -1- and -4-.

Note

The bolts must be removed completely to remove the door win‐


dow.

– Remove the door window -3- upward out of the clamping


bracket and remove it from the door -arrow-.
Installing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “7.3 Door Window Gap Dimensions”, page 237 .
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Reg‐
ulator”, page 112 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Insert the door window diagonally forward in the door window
guide.
– Align the door window in the front window guide and slide it
down.
– Press the door window down into the coupling plate.
– Tighten the bolts.
– Adjust the door window. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment
Assembly Overview”, page 239 .

7.3 Door Window Gap Dimensions

7. Bolted Windows 237


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Door Window to the Trian‐


gular Trim
• Gap dimension -a- = 4.8 ±
1.0 mm
-1- Door window

-2- Triangular trim

-3- Door seal


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Lateral
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 239 .
B - Door Window to the Front
Of The Roof
• Gap dimension -c- = ap‐
proximately 11.4 mm
• Gap dimension -d- = 4.8
mm
-1- Door window

-3- Door seal

-4- Roof trim molding

-5- Roof trim molding seal


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws
for Door Window Height
Adjustment Assembly
Overview”, page 241 .
C - Door Window to the Back
Of The Roof
• Gap dimension -e- = 4.8 mm
• Gap dimension -f- = approximately 10.3 mm
-1- Door window

-3- Door seal

-4- Roof trim molding

-5- Roof trim molding seal


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Height Adjustment Assembly Overview”, page 241 .
D - Door Window to the Side Window
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Gap dimension -g- = 13.0 ± 1.5 mm permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
-1- Door window

-3- Door seal

-6- B-pillar - component of the side window

-7- Side window


❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment Assembly Overview”, page 239 .

238 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment Assembly Overview

A - Possible Adjustment - Door


Bottom, Rear
❑ For positioning the up‐
per edge of the door
window on the seal in
the roof area
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Door Window,
Checking and Adjust‐
ing, Lateral Adjust‐
ment”, page 240 .
-1- Window regulator nut - 8
Nm

-2- Window regulator

-3- Door

B - Possible Adjustment - Door


Top, Rear
❑ For sliding the door win‐
dow in the door window
recess outward or in‐
ward
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Door Window,
Checking and Adjust‐
ing, Lateral Adjust‐
ment”, page 240 .
-4- Door window

-5- Adjusting pins

-2- Window regulator

-3- Door

-6- Locking nut - 9 Nm

C - Possible Adjustment - Door Top, Front


❑ For sliding the door window in the door window recess outward or inward
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “7.5 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Lateral Adjustment”, page 240 .
-2- Window regulator

-4- Door window

-5- Adjusting pins

-6- Locking nut - 9 Nm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
D - Possible Adjustment - Door Bottom, Front with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ For positioning the upper edge of the door window on the seal in the roof area
❑ Adjusting. Refer to ⇒ “7.5 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting, Lateral Adjustment”, page 240 .
-1- Window regulator nut - 8 Nm

-2- Window regulator

-3- Door

7. Bolted Windows 239


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.5 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting,


Lateral Adjustment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Door/Window Template - T40205/1-
♦ Door/Window Template - T40205/2-
Checking
Causes the door window wind noise, the lateral adjustment must
be checked.
– Use the side “A” of the Door/Window Template - T40205/1- to
check the correct lateral adjustment of the door glass.
Lateral adjustment for the A-pillar triangle trim:
– The opening on the side “A” of the Door/Window Template -
T40205/1- must completely touch the A-pillar triangular trim
-1- and door glass -3-.
• There must not be a gap between the A-pillar triangular trim
and the side “A”.
• The opening on the side “B” of the Door/Window Template -
T40205/1- must touch the A-pillar triangular trim.
Lateral adjustment for the windshield roof edge:
– The opening in the side “A” of the Door/Window Template -
T40205/1- must completely touch the roof trim strip and door
glass along the length -2- of the windshield.
• There must not be a gap between the roof trim molding and
the side “A” of the Door/Window Template - T40205/1- .
• The opening on the side “B” of the Door/Window Template -
T40205/1- must touch the roof trim molding.
– Adjust the door window again if the first adjustment is not OK.

Lateral adjustment, door window to side window:


– Place the Door/Window Template - T40205/2- on the door
window -1- and side window -2- as illustrated to check the
parallel alignment.
• Gap dimension -a- = up to 1.5 mm.
– Place the Door/Window Template - T40205/2- on the door
window and side window as illustrated to check the gap di‐
mension.
• The dashes -arrow- indicate the tolerance range.
– Adjust the door window again if the first adjustment is not OK.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

240 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Adjusting
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Lateral Adjustment
Assembly Overview”, page 239 .
– Remove the plugs -1- and -2- on the lower edge of the door to
adjust the top of the door window.
– Loosen the lower window regulator nuts -3- through the large
holes.
– Move the window in the appropriate direction and then tighten
the screws holding the window in this position.

– Remove the door trim panel to perform a side adjustment to


the bottom of the door window. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the sealing plugs -1-.
– To adjust, loosen the locking nuts -2- and rotate the adjusting
screw using a TORX socket wrench.

Note

The adjusting screws


Protected must always
by copyright. Copying forbe turned
private in opposite
or commercial direction.
purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Side adjustment near the top of the front door:
• Turn left - the door window rotates inward.
• Turn right - the door window rotates outward.
Side adjustment near the top of the door in the rear:
• Turn left - the door window rotates outward.
• Turn right - the door window rotates inward.
– Tighten the locking nut after adjusting.

7.6 Adjusting Screws for Door Window Height Adjustment Assembly Overview

7. Bolted Windows 241


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

A - Possible Adjustment - Door


Bottom, Rear
❑ For positioning the up‐
per edge of the door
window on the seal in
the rear roof area
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.7 Door Window,
Checking and Adjust‐
ing, Height Adjustment”,
page 242 .
-1- Window regulator

-2- Adjusting screw


-3- Door window

B - Possible Adjustment - Door


Bottom, Front
❑ For positioning the up‐
per edge of the door
window on the seal in
the front roof area
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ “7.7 Door Window,
Checking and Adjust‐
ing, Height Adjustment”,
page 242 .
-1- Window regulator

-3- Door window

-4- Adjusting screw (5 mm hex


socket wrench) Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

7.7 Door Window, Checking and Adjusting,


Height Adjustment
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Gauge - Frameless Window - T10391-
♦ Door/Window Template - T40205/1-

242 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Checking
Causes the door window wind noise, the height adjustment must
be checked.
– Check the door height adjustment using the Gauge - Frame‐
less Window - T10391- and Door/Window Template -
T40205/1- .
Roof height adjustment:
– Set the Gauge - Frameless Window - T10391- to dimension
-a-.
• Dimension -a- = 30 mm
– Open the door, place the Gauge - Frameless Window -
T10391- on the door window -b- and close the door again.
• Dimension -b- = 200 mm
– Inser the side “B” of the Door/Window Template - T40205/1-
in the Gauge - Frameless Window - T10391- .
• There must not be a gap between the roof trim molding -1- and
side “B”.

Height adjustment for the windshield roof edge:


– Set the Gauge - Frameless Window - T10391- to dimension
-a-.
• Dimension -a- = 30 mm
– Open the door, place the Gauge - Frameless Window -
T10391- in the roof edge extension -1- on the door window
-3- and close the door again.
– Inser the side “B” of the Door/Window Template - T40205/1-
in the Gauge - FramelessProtected
Window - T10391-
by copyright. . for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Copying
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
• There must not be a gap between thetoroof
with respect trim molding
the correctness -2- and
of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
side “B”.
– Adjust the door window again if the first height adjustment is
not OK.

Adjusting
– Move the window into the “open” position.
– Insert an hex socket wrench through the hole in the lower edge
of the door and turn the adjusting screw -arrow- to adjust the
height of the door window.
• One turn = 1 mm adjustment.

7. Bolted Windows 243


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.8 Front Window Guide, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
• The lower speaker is removed.
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door seal and front interior window seal retaining
knobs from the door shell, refer to
⇒ “1.13 Door Seal and Inner Window Shaft Strip, Removing
and Installing”, page 118 .
– Remove the nut -2- and the bolt -3-.
– Remove the front window guide -1- upward out of the door.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Overview - Window Regulator Motor and Window Reg‐
ulator”, page 112 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

When inserting the front window guide, make sure the exterior
rearview mirror wiring harness is not damaged.

1. Insert the window


Protected guide
by copyright. -1- in
Copying for the front
private door. purposes, in part or in whole, is not
or commercial
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
2. Tighten the nut -2-
with respect and
to the bolt -3-
correctness by hand.
of information The
in this window
document. guide
Copyright by AUDI AG.
must still be able to move slightly.
3. Adjust the door window, refer to
⇒ “7.2 Door Window, Removing and Installing”, page 237 ,
then tighten the nut -2- and bolt -3-.

244 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

8 Special Tools

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

8. Special Tools 245


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Double Suction Lifter -
VAG1344-
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit -
VAG 1474B-
♦ Window Cutter -
VAG1561A-
♦ Window Cutter (25 mm) -
VAG 1561/8-
♦ Window Reel Device -
VAG1654A-
♦ Cartridge Heater -
VAG1939 A-
♦ Gauge - Frameless Win‐
dow - T10391-
♦ Door/Window Template -
T40205/1-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun -
VAS5237-
♦ Protective eyewear
♦ Leather gloves
♦ Window Repair Kit -
VAS1993- or -VAS6092-
♦ Door/Window Template -
T40205/1-
♦ Door/Window Template -
T40205/2-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

246 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window Regulators


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

66 – Exterior Equipment
1 Trim Moldings and Trim
⇒ “1.1 Roof Trim Molding and A-Pillar Triangular Trim Assembly
Overview”, page 247
⇒ “1.2 Roof Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”, page 248
⇒ “1.3 A-Pillar Triangular Trim, Removing and Installing”,
page 250
⇒ “1.4 A-Pillar Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 250
⇒ “1.5 Front Door and B-Pillar Trim Moldings Assembly Over‐
view”, page 250
⇒ “1.6 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing, Door, Front”, page
251
⇒ “1.7 B-Pillar Trim Molding, Removing and Installing”,
page 252
⇒ “1.8 Sill Panel Strip, Sill Trim and Sill Trim Bracket Assembly
Overview”, page 252
⇒ “1.9 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”, page 254
⇒ “1.10 Lower Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”,
page 254
⇒ “1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255
⇒ “1.12 Sill Panel Trim Molding Bracket, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 256
• The vehicle must reach room temperature before installing
bonded moldings or trim.
• All adhesion surfaces must be free of dust and grease.

1.1 Roof Trim Molding and A-Pillar Triangular Trim Assembly Overview

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Trim Moldings and Trim 247


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
2 - Seal
❑ For the A-pillar triangu‐
lar trim
3 - Roof Trim Molding
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Roof Trim Mold‐
ing, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 248 .
4 - Blind Rivet
❑ Quantity: 15
5 - Seal
❑ for the roof trim molding
6 - Inner Door Seal
7 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
9 - Window Guide
10 - Nut
❑ 8 Nm
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
11 -permitted
A-Pillar Triangular
unless authorised byTrim
AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 A-Pillar Triangu‐
lar Trim, Removing and
Installing”, page 250 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
15 - Cover
❑ For the A-pillar and side panel
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “1.4 A-Pillar Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 250 .

1.2 Roof Trim Molding, Removing and In‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAS5072-
♦ Drill
♦ Pop rivets. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

248 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing

Note

♦ The side window must not be removed to remove the roof trim
molding.
♦ Do not rotate or bend the roof trim molding.

– Loosen the headliner but do not remove it. Refer to ⇒ Body


Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 .
– Remove the A-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the A-pillar triangular trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 A-Pillar Triangular Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
250 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the door seal -1- from the body flange in the roof trim
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
molding area.
– Remove the roof trim molding seal -2- from the roof trim mold‐
ing -arrow-.
– Drill off rivet heads of pop rivets, strike rivet shafts through and
remove roof trim molding.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The roof trim molding must lie flush with the edge of the roof.
– Rivet the roof trim molding in place beginning at the rear and
working toward the front.

– Insert the roof trim molding seal -1- beginning at the rear in the
roof trim molding -2- and make sure the seal engages audibly
in the grooves -arrows- and is flush with the roof trim molding.

1. Trim Moldings and Trim 249


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.3 A-Pillar Triangular Trim, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the A-pillar trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the door seal -4- from the body in the area of the
triangular trim and pry the rubber cover -2- out.
– Remove the nut -1- and the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the A-pillar triangular trim -3-.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Roof Trim Molding and A-Pillar Triangular Trim Assem‐
bly Overview”, page 247 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• The vehicle must reach room temperature before any bonding
work.
• All adhesion surfaces must be free of dust and grease.
– Clean the adhesive surfaces using the Cleaning Solution - D
009 401 04- .
– Press the A-pillar triangular trim firmly onto the window guide.

1.4 A-Pillar Cover, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the A-pillar triangular trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.3 A-Pillar Triangular Trim, Removing and Installing”, page
250 .
– Remove the headlamp and wheel housing liner trim. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Headlamp and Wheel Housing Liner Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 13 .
– Remove the screw -arrow-, if applicable.

– Remove the bolts -2, 3 and 4-.


– Tip the A-pillar cover -1- forward behind the door -arrow-.
Installing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
• Tightening specification. Refer to
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “1.1 Roof Trim Molding and A-Pillar Triangular Trim Assem‐


bly Overview”, page 247 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

1.5 Front Door and B-Pillar Trim Moldings Assembly Overview

250 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Front Door Trim Molding


❑ Replace after removing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.6 Trim Molding, Re‐
moving and Installing,
Door, Front”,
page 251 .
2 - Front Door
3 - B-Pillar Trim Molding
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.7 B-Pillar Trim
Molding, Removing and
Installing”, page 252 .
4 - Lower Rear Side Panel

1.6 Trim Molding, Removing and Installing,


Door, Front
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

1. Trim Moldings and Trim 251


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing
– Carefully warm the trim strip -1- using Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
– Carefully remove the trim strip from the door -4- using the Trim
Removal Wedge - 3409- by removing the securing tab -3-.
Installing
– Clean the adhesive surface using the Cleaning Solution - D
009 401 04- .
– Remove the protective film from the adhesive tape -2-.
– Position the trim molding on the door and press Protected
the securing
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
tab -3- into the mount. permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Press the trim molding completely onto the door.
• Resting time approximately two hours at room temperature

1.7 B-Pillar Trim Molding, Removing and In‐


stalling
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
Removing
– Carefully warm the trim strip -3- using the Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
– Carefully remove the trim strip from the lower rear side panel
-5- using the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- by removing the
securing tabs -1- and -4-.
Installing
– Clean the adhesive surface using the Cleaning Solution - D
009 401 04- .
– Remove the protective film from the adhesive tape -2-.
– Position the trim molding on the lower rear side panel by
pressing the securing tabs -1- and -4- into the mounts.
– Press the trim molding completely onto the lower rear side
panel.
• Resting time approximately two hours at room temperature

1.8 Sill Panel Strip, Sill Trim and Sill Trim Bracket Assembly Overview

252 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Expanding Nut
2 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
3 - Expanding Nut
4 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
5 - Lower Sill Panel Strip
❑ There are different ver‐
sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.10 Lower Sill Panel
Strip, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 254 .
6 - Sill Panel Strip
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Sill Panel Strip,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 254 .
7 - Forced Air Extraction
❑ for ventilating the pas‐
senger compartment
8 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
9 - Lower Rear Side Panel
10 - Expanding Nut
11 - Spring Nut
12 - Bolt
13 - Sill Panel Trim
❑ Clipped into the lower rear side panel -9-
❑ Removing andpermitted
installing.
unlessRefer toby⇒AUDI
“1.11 Sill Panel
AG does Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
authorised AG. AUDI not guarantee or accept any liability

14 - Bolt
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ 1.5 Nm
15 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
16 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
17 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
18 - Rear Bracket
❑ For the sill panel trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Sill Panel Trim Molding Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 256 .
19 - Front Bracket
❑ For the sill panel trim
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “1.12 Sill Panel Trim Molding Bracket, Removing and Installing”, page 256 .

1. Trim Moldings and Trim 253


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.9 Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
Removing
– Carefully warm the sill panel -3- using Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
– Carefully remove the sill panel strip from the body -1- using
the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- by removing the tabs -4-.
Installing
– Clean the adhesive surface using the Cleaning Solution - D
009 401 04- .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the protective film
permitted unless from the
authorised adhesive
by AUDI tape
AG. AUDI AG does-2-.
not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Position the sill panel strip on the body and press the securing
tabs -4- into the mounts.
– Press the still panel strip onto the body completely.
• Resting time approximately two hours at room temperature

1.10 Lower Sill Panel Strip, Removing and


Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-
Removing
– Unclip the sill panel strip -2- from the sill panel trim -1- using
the Trim Removal Wedge - 3409- .
– If equipped, pull out the wiring harness for the Fiber Optic Ca‐
ble for Left Front Sill Panel Ambient Lighting / Fiber Optic
Cable for Right Front Sill Panel Ambient Lighting -W67- / -
W68- through the opening in the sill trim and disconnect the
connector.
Installing
– Insert the retaining wedge -4- in the sill panel trim openings
-arrow A-.
– Press the sill panel strip -2- onto the sill trim -1- until it engages
audibly -arrow B-.

254 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the lower sill panel strip, refer to
⇒ “1.10 Lower Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
254 .
– Remove the upper bolts -B arrows- on the sill panel trim -1-.
– Remove the bolt -arrow A- on the bolting point to the front
wheel housing.

– Remove the lower bolts -A arrows- on the sill panel trim -1-.
– Remove the bolt -arrow B- on the bolting point to the rear wheel
housing.

– Raise the retaining tabs on the sill area -A arrows- and pull the
front part of the sill panel trim off the sill panel trim bracket
slightly -arrow B-.
– Raise the retaining tabs on the lower side panel -C arrows-
and remove the rear part of the sill panel trim -arrow D-.
– Remove the sill panel trim and lay it on a soft surface.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Installing
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Sill Panel Strip, Sill Trim and Sill Trim Bracket Assembly
Overview”, page 252 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Make sure all the retaining tabs engage correctly in the sill
panel trim bracket and in the side panel.
– Install the lower sill panel strip, refer to
⇒ “1.10 Lower Sill Panel Strip, Removing and Installing”, page
254 .
– Install the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Install the front wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .

1. Trim Moldings and Trim 255


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1.12 Sill Panel Trim Molding Bracket, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the sill panel trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255 .
– Remove the bolts -B arrows-.
– Remove the rear part of the sill panel trim -2-.
– Remove the bolts -A arrows-.
– Remove the front part of the sill panel trim -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “1.8 Sill Panel Strip, Sill Trim and Sill Trim Bracket Assembly
Overview”, page 252 .
Install in reverse order of removal.
Protected by copyright. Note
Copyingthe following:
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install the sill panelwithtrim. Refer
respect to
to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “1.11 Sill Panel Trim, Removing and Installing”, page 255 .

256 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2 Exterior Rearview Mirror


⇒ “2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 257
⇒ “2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 258
⇒ “2.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror and Mirror Adjusting Unit Hous‐
ing, Removing and Installing”, page 259
⇒ “2.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 261
⇒ “2.5 Mirror Base, Removing and Installing”, page 261
⇒ “2.6 Mirror Base Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 262

2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror

1 - Adjusting Screw
❑ For adjusting the mirror
base angle
2 - Mirror Base Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.6 Mirror Base Cov‐
er, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 262 .
3 - Bolts
❑ 6.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
4 - Seal Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ For the mirror basepermitted
cov‐ unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
er with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5 - Carrier Plate
❑ For removing the mirror
adjusting unit.
6 - Exterior Rearview Mirror
Housing
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “2.3 Exterior Rear‐
view Mirror and Mirror
Adjusting Unit Housing,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 259 .
7 - Side Turn Signal
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ Electri‐
cal Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
9 - Mirror Adjusting Unit
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 261 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm

2. Exterior Rearview Mirror 257


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

11 - Mirror Glass
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 258 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
13 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
14 - Mirror Base
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Mirror Base, Removing and Installing”, page 261 .
15 - Seal
❑ for the mirror base
16 - Seal
❑ for the mirror base

Mirror Base Adapter, Installing


– With new carrier plates -1-, the adapter -2- is not attached and
must first be fastened to mirror base -3-.
– The carrier plate is angled forward when pressed onto the
adapter and is then tilted back into the installation position.
– The adapter then engages in the carrier plate.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344-
♦ Safety Gloves

258 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

Removing

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear safety gloves.

– Position the Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- on the center


of the mirror glass -1-, as illustrated.
– Remove the mirror glass from the mirror adjuster using the
Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- .
– Disconnect the electrical connectors on the back of the mirror
glass, if applicable.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Position the mirror glass on the mirror adjusting unit and press
it on.

Caution

There is a risk of it breaking.


♦ Only press the centerbyof theAG.mirror glass when pressing
or accept it
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised AUDI AUDI AG does not guarantee any liability
on. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

2.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror and Mirror Ad‐


justing Unit Housing, Removing and In‐
stalling
Removing
– Remove the mirror adjuster. Refer to
⇒ “2.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 261 .
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Turn the housing -3- slightly toward the front -arrow A- and
remove it upward off the mirror base -1-.
• The hole -5- for the bolt must half cover the threaded hole.
• The tab -4- on the mirror base must be opposite the groove
-arrow B-.

2. Exterior Rearview Mirror 259


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the carrier plate -2- from the housing -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Disconnect the connector -6- at the side turn signal.


– Remove the carrier plate -5- and guide the connectors
-2 and 3- through the opening -4- on the carrier plate -arrow-.
– Remove the carrier plate and exterior rearview mirror housing
-1-.
– Remove the side turn signal from the exterior mirror housing
if necessary. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 257 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

260 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

2.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 258 .
– Remove the bolt -2- for the mirror adjuster -1-.
– Release the retaining tabs -arrows- and remove the mirror ad‐
justing unit.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Disconnect the connector -1- from the mirror adjuster -2-.


Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 257 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Press the mirror adjusting unit onto the mirror mount until it
engages audibly.

2.5 Mirror Base, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 258 .
– Remove the exterior rearview mirror housing and mirror ad‐
justing unit, refer to
⇒ “2.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror and Mirror Adjusting Unit
Housing, Removing and Installing”, page 259 .
– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 5-.
– Remove the mirror base -2- from the door and guide the elec‐
trical wiring harness -4- through the hole.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 257 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

Replace the mirror base seal if damaged.

2. Exterior Rearview Mirror 261


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Position the mirror base -2- on the outer door panel.


– Install the bolts -3- and -4- until the mirror base lies on the outer
door panel.
– Check the gap dimension between the outer door panel and
mirror base.
• The gap dimension -a- must be even all the way around.
– If the gap dimension is not even, position a hex socket wrench
-6- on the hole on the adjusting screw hex socket head -5- and
adjust the gap dimension.
– Tighten the bolts -1, 3 and 4-.
– Check the gap dimension again and repeat the adjustment if
necessary.

2.6 Mirror Base Cover, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “2.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 258 .
– Remove the exterior rearview mirror housing and mirror ad‐
justing unit, refer to
⇒ “2.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror and Mirror Adjusting Unit
Housing, Removing and Installing”, page 259 .
– Remove the mirror base
⇒ “2.5 Mirror Base, Removing and Installing”, page 261 .
– Release the clips in the direction of the -arrow- and remove
the cover -2- for the mirror base -1-.
Installing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the
with following:
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Slide the mirror base cover on until it engages audibly.

262 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3 Exterior Rearview Mirror, R8 GT


⇒ “3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 263
⇒ “3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 264
⇒ “3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Housing and Carrier Plate, Re‐
moving and Installing”, page 265
⇒ “3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 266
⇒ “3.5 Mirror Base with Adapter Plate, Removing and Installing”,
page 266

3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror

1 - Bolts
❑ 6.5 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
2 - Seal
❑ For the mirror base
3 - Mirror Base
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.5 Mirror Base with
Adapter Plate, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
266 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
6 - Carrier Plate
❑ Remove in order to be
able to remove the exte‐
rior rearview mirror
housing
7 - Bolt
❑ 1.1 Nm
❑ Quantity: 3
8 - Exterior Rearview Mirror
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Housing permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Exterior Rear‐
view Mirror Housing and
Carrier Plate, Removing
and Installing”,
page 265 .
9 - Bolt
❑ Quantity: 5
❑ Tightening Specification. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
10 - Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamp
❑ Driver Exterior Mirror Turn Signal Lamp - L131-
❑ Front Passenger Exterior Rearview Mirror Turn Signal Bulb - L132-

3. Exterior Rearview Mirror, R8 GT 263


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .


11 - Seal
❑ For the exterior rearview mirror housing
12 - Bolt
❑ 1.1 Nm
13 - Mirror Adjusting Unit
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”, page 266 .
14 - Bolt
❑ 2 Nm
15 - Mirror Glass
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 264 .
16 - Adapter Plate
❑ For the mirror base
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ With adjusting screw for adjusting the permitted
mirror unless
baseauthorised
angle by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “3.5 Mirror Base with Adapter Plate, Removing and Installing”, page 266 .

3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing


Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
♦ Safety Gloves
Removing

WARNING

Risk of injury!
♦ Wear safety gloves.

– Press the mirror glass -1- from the mirror adjuster using the
Pry Lever - 80 - 200- -arrow-.
– Disconnect the electrical connectors on the back of the mirror
glass, if applicable.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Position the mirror glass on the mirror adjusting unit and press
it on.

Caution

There is a risk of it breaking.


♦ Only press the center of the mirror glass when pressing it
on.

264 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Housing and


Carrier Plate, Removing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 264 .
– Remove the mirror adjuster. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 266 .

Caution

There is a risk of damaging the paint.


♦ Cover the area around the mirror housing with a soft cloth.

– Remove the bolt -2-.


– Turn the housing -3- slightly toward the front -arrow A- and
remove it upward off the mirror base -1-.
• The hole -5- for the bolt must half cover the threaded hole.
• The tab -4- on the mirror base must be opposite the groove
-arrow B-.

– Remove the bolts -A arrows-.


– Remove the carrier plate -5- from the housing -1-.
– Disconnect the connector for the turn signal.
– Remove the carrier plate and guide the connectors -2 and 3-
through the opening -4- -arrow B-.
– Remove the carrier plate and exterior rearview mirror housing.
– Remove the side turn signal from the exterior mirror housing
if necessary. Refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 94 .
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 263 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the mirror adjuster. Refer to
⇒ “3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and Installing”,
page 266 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

3. Exterior Rearview Mirror, R8 GT 265


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

3.4 Mirror Adjusting Unit, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 264 .
– Remove the bolt -2- for the mirror adjuster -1-.
– Release the retaining tabs -arrows- and remove the mirror ad‐
justing unit.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Disconnect the connector -1- from the mirror adjuster -2-.


Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 263 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Press the mirror adjusting unit onto the mirror mount until it
engages audibly.

3.5 Mirror Base with Adapter Plate, Remov‐


ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the door trim panel. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 .
– Remove the bass speaker. Refer to ⇒ Communication; Rep.
Gr. 91 .
– Remove the door shell cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.9 Door Shell Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 115 .
– Disconnect the connector -3- from the door control module,
free up the wiring harness -4- -arrows A- and remove the
grommet -5-.
– Release the tab -2- and remove the connector housing -1- on
the electric wire -arrow B-.

266 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the wire holder -2- from the door shell and free up the
wiring harness -3-.
– Guide the wiring harness behind the front window guide -1-
and remove it.

– Remove the mirror glass. Refer to


⇒ “3.2 Mirror Glass, Removing and Installing”, page 264 .
– Remove the exterior rearview mirror housing and carrier plate.
Refer to
⇒ “3.3 Exterior Rearview Mirror Housing and Carrier Plate,
Removing and Installing”, page 265 .
– Remove the bolt -2-.
– Remove the mirror base -1- upward from the adapter plate
-arrow-.

Note
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
If it is not possible to remove
permitted the mirror
unless authorised by AUDIbase,
AG. AUDIthen prynotthe
AG does mirroror accept any liability
guarantee
base off the adapter plate tousing
with respect a longofM7
the correctness bolt -3-.
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the adapter plate -1- and guide the wiring harness
-2- out of the door shell -3-.
– Remove the mirror base and adapter plate.
Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “3.1 Overview - Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 263 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:

Note

Replace the mirror base seal if damaged.

3. Exterior Rearview Mirror, R8 GT 267


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Mount the adapter plate -1- on the outer door panel.


– Install the bolts -2 and 5- until the adapter plate touches the
outer door panel.
– Mount the mirror base -4- on the adapter plate and tighten the
bolt -3- hand-tight.
– Check the gap dimension between the outer door panel and
mirror base.
• The gap dimension -a- must be even all the way around.
– If the gap is uneven, pull the mirror base off the adapter plate,
place a hex socket wrench on the hole on the adjusting screw
-7- and adjust the gap dimension, as illustrated.
– Tighten the bolts -2, 5 and 6-.
– Check the gap dimension again and repeat the adjustment if
necessary.

– Route the wiring harness -3- behind the front window guide
-1- and attach the wire holder -2- to the door shell, as illustra‐
ted.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

268 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4 Radiator Grille
⇒ “4.1 Overview - Radiator Grille”, page 269
⇒ “4.2 quattro Name Badge, Removing and Installing”,
page 271
⇒ “4.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing”, page 272
⇒ “4.4 Retaining Brace, Removing and Installing”, page 273
⇒ “4.5 License Plate Bracket, Removing and Installing”,
page 273

4.1 Overview - Radiator Grille


⇒ “4.1.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles through MY
2012”, page 269
⇒ “4.1.2 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles from MY
2013”, page 270

4.1.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles through MY 2012

1 - Chrome Strip
❑ for the radiator grille
2 - quattro Name Badge
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2.1 quattro Name
Badge, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page
271 .
3 - Bolt
❑ Tightening specifica‐
tion. Refer to
⇒ “1.1 Overview -
Bumper Cover”,
page 139 .
4 - Bumper Cover
5 - Bolt
❑ 2.3 Nm
6 - Radiator Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.1 Radiator Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, Vehicles through
MY 2012”, page 272 . Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
7 - License Plate Bracket with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ There are different ver‐


sions. Refer to the Parts
Catalog.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.5 License Plate
Bracket, Removing and
Installing”, page 273 .

4. Radiator Grille 269


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.1.2 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles from MY 2013

1 - quattro Name Badge


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.2.2 quattro Name
Badge, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles from
MY 2013”, page 271 .
2 - Radiator Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.2 Radiator Grille,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, Vehicles from MY
2013”, page 272 .
3 - Retaining Brace
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Retaining Brace,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 273 .
4 - Bolt
❑ 1.4 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 2.3 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
6 - Bolt
❑ 2.3 Nm

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

270 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.2 quattro Name Badge, Removing and In‐


stalling
⇒ “4.2.1 quattro Name Badge, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 271
⇒ “4.2.2 quattro Name Badge, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 271

4.2.1 quattro Name Badge, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles through MY 2012
Removing
– Release the clips -arrows- at the retaining tabs -1- and -2-.
– Remove the quattro name badge -3- from the radiator grille.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Position the quattro name badge on the radiator grille and
press it on until it clicks into place.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

4.2.2 quattro Name Badge, Removing and In‐


stalling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-
♦ Removal Wedge - T40233-
♦ Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
Removing
– Carefully warm the quattro name badge -2- using a Hot Air
Blower - VAG1416- and pry it off the radiator grille -1-.
Installing
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Clean the adhesive surface on the radiator grille using Clean‐
ing Solution - D 009 401 04- .
– Remove the peel-off backing from the tape.
– Mount the quattro name badge on the radiator grille and press
down on it over the entire length.

4. Radiator Grille 271


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.3 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing


⇒ “4.3.1 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 272
⇒ “4.3.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles from
MY 2013”, page 272

4.3.1 Radiator Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles through MY 2012
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the radiator grille -1- from the bumper cover -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles through
MY 2012”, page 269 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note theProtected
following:
by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Install the bumper cover. Refer to with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

4.3.2 Radiator Grille, Removing and Instal‐


ling, Vehicles from MY 2013
Removing
– Remove the impact absorber. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 149 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the radiator grille -1- from the bumper cover.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.2 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles from MY
2013”, page 270 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the impact absorber. Refer to
⇒ “1.7.2 Shock Absorber, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
from MY 2013”, page 149 .

272 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

4.4 Retaining Brace, Removing and Instal‐


ling
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove retaining brace -1- from radiator grille.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.2 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles from MY
2013”, page 270 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

4.5 License Plate Bracket, Removing and


Installing
Removing
– Remove the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .
– Remove the radiator grille. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.1 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 272 .
– Release the clips -arrows-.
– Remove the license plate bracket -2- from the radiator grille
-1-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Installing
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

• Tightening specifications. Refer to


⇒ “4.1.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Vehicles through
MY 2012”, page 269 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the radiator grille. Refer to
⇒ “4.3.1 Radiator Grille, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
through MY 2012”, page 272 .
– Install the bumper cover. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Front Bumper Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 144 .

4. Radiator Grille 273


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5 Spoiler
⇒ “5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 274
⇒ “5.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 275
⇒ “5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Dimensions”, page 275
⇒ “5.4 Mount with Rear Spoiler Drive Unit, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 276
⇒ “5.5 Spoiler Drive Unit Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
page 277

5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview

1 - Nut
❑ 10 Nm
2 - Mount with Drive Unit
❑ For the rear spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.4 Mount with Rear
Spoiler Drive Unit, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 276 .
3 - Cover
❑ For the right tail lamp
4 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
5 - Backing Plate Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
6 - Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Rear Spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “5.2 Rear Spoiler, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 275 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
9 - Connector
10 - Backing Plate
11 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
12 - Cover
❑ For the left tail lamp
13 - Nut
❑ 10 Nm
14 - Heat Shield
❑ For the rear spoiler drive unit
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “5.5 Spoiler Drive Unit Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 277 .

274 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

15 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm

5.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Extend the spoiler. Refer to Owner's Manual.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the rear spoiler -2- from the drive unit -1-.
Installing
• Gap dimensions. Refer to
⇒ “5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Dimensions”, page 275 .
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 274 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Dimensions


Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

A - Left Upper Rear Side Panel


to the Rear Spoiler
• Gap dimension = 3.0 ± 0.5
mm
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ page 276 .
B - Rear Lid Trim to the Rear
Spoiler
• Gap dimension = 3.0 ± 0.5
mm
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ page 276 .
C - Upper Right Rear Side
Panel to the Rear Spoiler
• Gap dimension = 3.0 ± 0.5
mm
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ page 276 .
D - Bumper Cover Center Sec‐
tion to the Rear Spoiler
• Gap dimension = 3.0 ± 0.5
mm
❑ Adjusting. Refer to
⇒ page 276 .

5. Spoiler 275
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5.4 Mount with Rear Spoiler Drive Unit, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Extend the spoiler. Refer to Owner's Manual.
– Remove the center bumper cover mount. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 172 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the left -1- and right -3- tail lamp covers.
– Remove the mount -2- with the rear spoiler drive unit while
guiding the electrical connector -4- out.

Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 274 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Install the bolts for the mount with the rear spoiler drive unit in
the sequence shown.
– Insert the mount -B- with rear spoiler drive motor in the rear
crossmember, secure with the bolt -1- and align the mount.
Refer to ⇒ “5.3 Rear Spoiler Gap Dimensions”, page 275 .
– Secure the mount with the rear spoiler drive unit in the oblong
hole using the bolt -2-.
– Tighten the bolts -3- to the specification.
– Position the left -A- and right -C- tail lamp covers.
– Tighten the bolts -1, 2 and 4- to the specification.
– Install the center bumper cover mount. Refer to
⇒ “2.7 Center Bumper Cover Mount, Removing and Installing”,
page 172 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

276 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

5.5 Spoiler Drive Unit Heat Shield, Remov‐


ing and Installing
Removing
– Remove the rear crossmember. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Rear Crossmember, Removing and Installing”,
page 43 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the spoiler drive unit heat shield -1-.

Note

The illustration shows the mount with the rear spoiler drive unit
removed.

Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “5.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 274 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear crossmember. Refer to
⇒ “4.4 Rear Crossmember, Removing and Installing”,
page 43 .

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

5. Spoiler 277
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

6 Spoiler, R8 GT
⇒ “6.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 278
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 279
⇒ “6.3 Mount, Removing and Installing, Rear Spoiler”,
page 279

6.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview

1 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
2 - Support
❑ For the right mount
3 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
4 - Right Mount
❑ For the rear spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.3 Mount, Removing
and Installing, Rear
Spoiler”, page 279 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
7 - Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ 21 Nm
8 - Rear Spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 279 .
9 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
10 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
11 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm
12 - Left Mount
❑ For the rear spoiler
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “6.3 Mount, Removing and Installing, Rear Spoiler”, page 279 .
13 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
15 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm

278 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

16 - Support
❑ For the left mount
17 - Bolt
❑ 21 Nm

6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing


Removing
– Remove the engine compartment trim. Refer to
⇒ “1.2 Left and Right Engine Compartment Trim, Removing
and Installing”, page 22 .
– Loosen the clamping screw -3- using a long internal multi-point
socket wrench -1-.
– Remove the rear spoiler -2- upward.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 278 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Install permitted
the engineunless compartment trim.
authorised by AUDI AG. AUDIRefer
AG does tonot guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “1.2 Left
with and
respectRight Engine ofCompartment
to the correctness Trim, Removing
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
and Installing”, page 22 .

6.3 Mount, Removing and Installing, Rear


Spoiler
Removing
– Remove the rear spoiler. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 279 .
– Remove the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Remove the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Remove the bolts -2, 3 and 4-.
– Remove the mount -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “6.1 Rear Lid Spoiler Assembly Overview”, page 278 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the rear wheel housing liner. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295 .
– Install the bumper cover center section. Refer to
⇒ “3.2 Bumper Cover Center Section, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 189 .
– Install the rear spoiler. Refer to
⇒ “6.2 Rear Spoiler, Removing and Installing”, page 279 .

6. Spoiler, R8 GT 279
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7 Underbody Trim Panels


⇒ “7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly Overview”,
page 280
⇒ “7.2 Front Vehicle Underbody Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 284
⇒ “7.3 Center Vehicle Underbody Cover, Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 285
⇒ “7.4 Center Tunnel Cover, Removing and Installing”,
page 285
⇒ “7.5 Fuel Tank Covers, Removing and Installing”, page 286
⇒ “7.6 Front Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing”,
page 286
⇒ “7.7 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing”,
page 287
⇒ “7.8 Rear Noise Insulation Left and Right Mount, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 289
⇒ “7.9 Rear Mount for Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and In‐
stalling, Vehicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 289
⇒ “7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290
⇒ “7.11 Rear Bulkhead Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
page 291
⇒ “7.12 Left Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 291
⇒ “7.13 Right Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield, Removing and
Installing”, page 292
⇒ “7.14 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”,
page 293

7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly


Overview
⇒ “7.1.1 Front Covers Assembly Overview”, page 280
⇒ “7.1.2 Overview - Rear Covers and Noise Insulation, Vehicles
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
with 086 Transmission”, page 282 permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
⇒ “7.1.3 Overview - Rear Noise Insulation Mount, Vehicles with
0BZ Transmission”, page 283

7.1.1 Front Covers Assembly Overview

280 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
2 - Right Impact Guard
❑ For the underbody
3 - Center Underbody Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.3 Center Vehicle
Underbody Cover, Re‐
moving and Installing”,
page 285 .
4 - Expanding Clip
5 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
6 - Front Vehicle Underbody permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

Cover
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

❑ Removing and instal‐


ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.2 Front Vehicle Un‐
derbody Cover, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
284 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
8 - Left Impact Guard
❑ For the underbody
9 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
10 - Center Tunnel Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.4 Center Tunnel Cover, Removing and Installing”, page 285 .
11 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
12 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm

7. Underbody Trim Panels 281


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.1.2 Overview - Rear Covers and Noise Insulation, Vehicles with 086 Transmis‐
sion

1 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
2 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
3 - Right Impact Guard
❑ For the underbody
4 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
5 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
6 - Right Fuel Tank Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
⇒ “7.5 Fuel Tank Cov‐ permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
ers, Removing and In‐ with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

stalling”, page 286 .


7 - Center Tunnel Cover
8 - Metal Nut
9 - Left Fuel Tank Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.5 Fuel Tank Cov‐
ers, Removing and In‐
stalling”, page 286 .
10 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
11 - Front Noise Insulation
❑ For the engine
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.6 Front Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing”, page 286 .
12 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
13 - Left Impact Guard
❑ For the underbody
14 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
15 - Rear Noise Insulation
❑ For the transmission
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.1 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 086 Transmission”, page 287 .
16 - Left Air Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .
17 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

282 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

18 - Washer
19 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
20 - Right Air Guide
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .
21 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
22 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
23 - Washer
24 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm

7.1.3 Overview - Rear Noise Insulation Mount, Vehicles with 0BZ Transmission

1 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
2 - Rear Noise Insulation
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise In‐
sulation, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with
0BZ Transmission”,
page 288 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm
4 - Right Mount
❑ For
Protected rear noise
by copyright. Copyinginsulation
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
❑ Removing and instal‐
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability

ling. Refer to
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

⇒ “7.8 Rear Noise Insu‐


lation Left and Right
Mount, Removing and
Installing, Vehicles with
0BZ Transmission”,
page 289 .
5 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm
6 - Rear Mount
❑ For rear noise insulation
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.9 Rear Mount for
Rear Noise Insulation,
Removing and Instal‐
ling, Vehicles with 0BZ
Transmission”,
page 289 .
7 - Left Mount
❑ For rear noise insulation

7. Underbody Trim Panels 283


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ Removing and installing. Refer to


⇒ “7.8 Rear Noise Insulation Left and Right Mount, Removing and Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ Trans‐
mission”, page 289 .
8 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm
9 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm

7.2 Front Vehicle Underbody Cover, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bolts -arrows-. Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Remove the vehicle underbody impact protector -1-.
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

– Remove the spreader clips -1- and -3-.


– Remove the wheel spoiler bolts -4- and -5-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the front underbody cover
-2-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1.1 Front Covers Assembly Overview”, page 280 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

284 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.3 Center Vehicle Underbody Cover, Re‐


moving and Installing
Removing
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the vehicle underbody impact protector -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the center vehicle underbody


cover -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1.1 Front Covers Assembly Overview”, page 280 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.4 Center Tunnel Cover, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Note permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

The center tunnel cover is secured with a total of 30 bolts.

– Disengage the center tunnel cover -1- at the center vehicle


underbody cover and remove it.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1.1 Front Covers Assembly Overview”, page 280 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Engage the front center tunnel cover at the center vehicle un‐
derbody cover and tighten the bolts.

7. Underbody Trim Panels 285


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.5 Fuel Tank Covers, Removing and In‐


stalling
Removing
– Remove the bolt -arrow- on the connection between the sill
panel trim -2- and the fuel tank cover -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the left -1- and right -2- fuel tank covers.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly Overview”, page
280 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.6 Front Noise Insulation, Removing and


Installing
Removing Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Remove the bolt -arrow- on the connection between the sill
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
panel trim -2- and front noise insulation -1-.

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the vehicle underbody impact protector -1-.

286 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the front noise insulation -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly Overview”, page
280 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

7.7 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and


Installing
⇒ “7.7.1 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 086 Transmission”, page 287
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Vehicles
with 0BZ Transmission”, page 288

7.7.1 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and


Installing, Vehicles with 086 Transmis‐
sion
Removing
– Remove the bolts on the air ducts -1- and -2- and the air ducts.

7. Underbody Trim Panels 287


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the rear noise insulation -1-.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1 Covers and Noise Insulation Assembly Overview”, page
280 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
• Washers -2- and -3- must be inserted between the rear noise
insulation and the bolts -1- and -4-.
– Install the air guides. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .

7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and


Installing, Vehicles with 0BZ Transmis‐
sion
Removing
– Remove the bolts on the air ducts -1- and -2- and the air ducts.

288 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -1, 3 and 4-.


– Remove the rear noise insulation -2-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1.3 Overview - Rear Noise Insulation Mount, Vehicles
with 0BZ Transmission”, page 283 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the air guides. Refer to
⇒ “2.5 Air Ducts, Removing and Installing”, page 171 .

7.8 Rear Noise Insulation Left and


Protected by copyright. CopyingRight
for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
Mount, Removing withand
respect Installing,
to the correctness ofVehi‐
information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

cles with 0BZ Transmission


Removing
– Remove rear noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 288 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.
– Remove the mount -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.1.3 Overview - Rear Noise Insulation Mount, Vehicles
with 0BZ Transmission”, page 283 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install rear noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 288 .

7.9 Rear Mount for Rear Noise Insulation,


Removing and Installing, Vehicles with
0BZ Transmission
Removing
– Remove rear noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 288 .
– Remove the bolts -arrows-.

7. Underbody Trim Panels 289


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Pull bumper cover downward and remove bolts -arrows-.


– Remove rear mount -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications, refer to
⇒ “7.1.3 Overview - Rear Noise Insulation Mount, Vehicles
with 0BZ Transmission”, page 283 ,
⇒ “2.1 Overview - Rear Bumper Cover”, page 164 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install rear noise insulation. Refer to
⇒ “7.7.2 Rear Noise Insulation, Removing and Installing, Ve‐
hicles with 0BZ Transmission”, page 288 .

7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview

1 - Left Rear Axle Heat Shield


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.14 Rear Axle Heat
Shield, Removing and
Installing”, page 293 .
2 - Left Fuel Tank Chamber
Heat Shield
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.12 Left Fuel Tank
Chamber Heat Shield,
Removing and Instal‐
ling”, page 291 .
3 - Rear Bulkhead Heat Shield
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “7.11 Rear Bulkhead
Heat Shield, Removing
and Installing”,
page 291 .
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
4 - Nut with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 13
5 - Bolt
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 7
6 - Nut
❑ 2 Nm
❑ Quantity: 2
7 - Right Fuel Tank Chamber
Heat Shield
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to ⇒ “7.13 Right Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 292 .
8 - Right Rear Axle Heat Shield
❑ Removing and installing. Refer to ⇒ “7.14 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing”, page 293 .
9 - Bolt or Nut
❑ 6 Nm
❑ Quantity: 5

290 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.11 Rear Bulkhead Heat Shield, Removing


and Installing
Removing
• Engine removed.
• The left and right fuel tank chambers are removed.
– Remove the nuts -arrows-.
– Remove the rear bulkhead heat shield -1-.

Installing
• Tightening specification. Refer to
⇒ “7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290 .
– Remove the old adhesive tape from the body.
– Remove the adhesive surface protective film -A-.
– Position the rear bulkhead heat shield -1- with the holes on the
tensioning strap threaded pins -2- and press upward.
– Press the rear bulkhead heat shield adhesive surfaces onto
the body beginning at the partition window.
– Remove the adhesive surface protective film -B-.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
– Press the rear bulkhead
permitted heat byshield
unless authorised AUDI AG.adhesive
AUDI AG does surfaces onto
not guarantee or accept any liability
the body. with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.12 Left Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield,


Removing and Installing
Removing
• Engine removed.
– Remove the oil cooler coolant lines toward the outside and lay
them aside.
– Remove the brake booster vacuum line. Refer to ⇒ Brake
System; Rep. Gr. 47 .
– Remove the oil cooler oil line.
– Remove the power steering hydraulic lines. Refer to ⇒ Sus‐
pension, Wheels, Steering; Rep. Gr. 48 .

7. Underbody Trim Panels 291


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the heat shield nuts -1- and -2-.


– Remove the bolts -arrow- and remove the left fuel tank cham‐
ber heat shield.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.13 Right Fuel Tank Chamber Heat Shield,


Removing and Installing
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-
Removing
• Engine removed.
– Press the coolant hoses on the rear panel out of the bracket
using the Pry Lever - 80 - 200- and set them aside.
– Remove the heat shield nuts -1- and -2-.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and remove the left fuel tank cham‐
ber heat shield.
Installing
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
• Tightening specifications.
permitted unless authorised byRefer
AUDI AG. toAUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
⇒ “7.10 with
Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290 .
respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

Install in reverse order of removal.

292 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

7.14 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and


Installing
⇒ “7.14.1 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and Installing, Vehi‐
cles through MY 2012”, page 293
⇒ “7.14.2 Heat Shield for Rear Axle, Removing and Installing,
Vehicles from MY 2013”, page 293

7.14.1 Rear Axle Heat Shield, Removing and


Installing, Vehicles through MY 2012
Removing
• Engine removed.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- and the rear axle heat shield -1-.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

7.14.2 Heat Shield for Rear Axle, Removing


and Installing, Vehicles from MY 2013
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Removing permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
– Remove the engine compartment crossbrace. Refer to ⇒ En‐
gine Mechanical; Rep. Gr. 10 .
– Remove the nut -3- and bolts -1 and 4- and free up the vacuum
line on the threaded pin.
– Remove the heat shield -2- from the rear axle.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “7.10 Heat Shield Assembly Overview”, page 290 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the engine compartment crossbrace. Refer to ⇒ Engine
Mechanical; Rep. Gr. 10 .

7. Underbody Trim Panels 293


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

8 Wheel Housing Liners


⇒ “8.1 Wheel Housing Liners Assembly Overview”, page 294
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing and Installing”,
page 295

8.1 Wheel Housing Liners Assembly Overview

1 - Wheel Spoiler
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel
Housing Liners, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
295 .
2 - Front Wheel Housing Liner
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.2 Front Wheel
Housing Liners, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
295 .
3 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6x16
4 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6x20
5 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6x20
6 - Spring Nut
7 - Rear Wheel Housing Liner
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling. Refer to
⇒ “8.3 Rear Wheel
Housing Liners, Remov‐
ing and Installing”, page
295 .
8 - Spring Nut
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
9 - Bolt with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
❑ 5 Nm
❑ M6x20
10 - Spring Nut
11 - Spring Nut
12 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ M6x16
13 - Bolt
❑ 5 Nm

294 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

❑ M6x20

8.2 Front Wheel Housing Liners, Removing


and Installing
Removing
• Front wheel removed.
– Mark the bolts -1- and -2- for installation later.
– Remove
Protected bythe boltsCopying
copyright. -1 and 2- and
for private -arrows-.
or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
– Remove theto wheel
with respect housing
the correctness liner -3-
of information and
in this wheel
document. spoiler.
Copyright by AUDI AG.

Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “8.1 Wheel Housing Liners Assembly Overview”,
page 294 .
Install in reverse order of removal. Note the following:
– Install the bolts according the markings applied during remov‐
al.

8.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liners, Removing


and Installing
Removing
• The rear wheel is removed.
– Remove the bolts -arrows- on the lower section of the bumper
cover.

8. Wheel Housing Liners 295


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

– Remove the bolts -arrows-.


– Remove the wheel housing liner.
Installing
• Tightening specifications. Refer to
⇒ “8.1 Wheel Housing Liners Assembly Overview”,
page 294 .
Install in reverse order of removal.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

296 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

9 Emblems
Front Lid Emblems

A - Front Emblem
• Dimension -a- = 26.0 mm
-1- Audi rings

-2- center line

B - Side Emblem
• Dimension -b- = 89 mm
• Dimension -c- = 30 mm
-3- “GT” emblem

-4- Hood

C - Side Emblem
Dimension -d- = 30 mm

Dimension -e- = 89 mm

-5- “V10” emblem

-6- Front lid

Rear Lid Emblems

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

9. Emblems 297
Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

1 - Left Emblem
• Dimension -b- = 31.0 mm
• Dimension -c- = 31.0 mm
2 - Center Emblem
• Dimension -a- = 53.5 mm
3 - Vehicle Center Line

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

298 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

10 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-

♦ Pry Lever - 80 - 200-

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
♦ Double Suction Lifter -permitted
VAG1344- unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

♦ Trim Removal Wedge - 3409-

10. Special Tools 299


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

♦ Wiring Harness Repair Set - Hot Air Blower - VAS1978/14A-

♦ Pop Rivet Pliers - VAS5072-

♦ Drill
♦ Pop rivets. Refer to the Parts Catalog.

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
Edition 11/04/2014 - A005R801121 - FU - JY

300 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior Equipment


Audi R8 2007 ➤ , Audi R8 GT 2011 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 04.2014

11 Revision History
Re Dat Job Type Feedback # Notes Editor
vi‐ e
sio
n

1 11/ Factory Up‐ Launch CO Yam‐


04/ date brick
201
4

Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.

11. Revision History 301


Cautions & Warnings

Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.

•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in
this manual, we suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Audi retailer or other qualified
shop. We especially urge you to consult an authorized Audi retailer before beginning repairs on
any vehicle that may still be covered wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by
Audi.

•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap)whenever you work on the fuel system or
the electrical system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved
fire extinguisher handy.

•= Audi is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and
specifications, are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this
manual are for reference only. Always check with your authorized Audi retailer parts department
for the latest information.

•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be
necessary to reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551
Scan Tool (ST).

•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose.
Do not support a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under
continuous load. Never work under a vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under
the vehicle while the engine is running.

•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, be sure of the correct radio activation code before
disconnecting the battery or removing the radio. If the wrong code is entered when the power is
restored, the radio may lock up and become inoperable, even if the correct code is used in a later
attempt.

•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block
the wheels to keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground
strap) to prevent others from starting the vehicle while you are under it.

•= Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to
yourself and others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that
may impair you or keep you from being fully alert.

•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
•= Always observe good workshop permitted
practices.
unlessWear goggles
authorised when
by AUDI AG. AUDIyou operate
AG does machine
not guarantee tools
or accept or work
any liability
with acid. Wear goggles, gloves and other toprotective
with respect clothing
the correctness whenever
of information the job
in this document. requires
Copyright by AUDIworking
AG.
with harmful substances.

•= Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when
you work near machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get
caught in the machinery, severe injury could result.

=Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Audi of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual
property rights of Audi of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be
modified or reposted to other sites, without the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are
designed to be used only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This
includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts, washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the
recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with new parts where indicated, and
any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection.

•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or
under the vehicle. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an
accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create
dust by grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and
asbestos dust. Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and
may result in death.
Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
with respect to the correctness of information in this document. Copyright by AUDI AG.
•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running
machinery, or be crushed by heavy parts.

•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read
all the instructions thoroughly, do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work
and use only replacement parts meeting Audi specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and
procedures will not make good repairs.

•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage
containers that might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from
fire hazards. Wipe up spills at once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and burn
spontaneously.

•= Use pneumatic and electric tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners. Never use these
tools to tighten fasteners, especially on light alloy parts. Always use a torque wrench to tighten
fasteners to the tightening torque listed.

•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping
hydrogen gas is ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.

•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper
way to dispose of the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or
lake. Consult local ordinances that govern the disposal of wastes.

•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C
system should be serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved
refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment, trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with
regulations governing the discharging and disposal of automotive chemical refrigerants.

•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect
the battery negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.

•= Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive
heat will increase system pressure and may cause the system to burst.

=Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Audi of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual
property rights of Audi of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be
modified or reposted to other sites, without the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the
Transmission Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases
where one or more of these components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module
connector(s).

•= Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system
(SRS), that automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated
by an explosive device. Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally
activated and cause serious personal injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system
failure, only trained Audi Service technicians should test, disassemble or service the airbag
system.

•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed
16.5 volts at the battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before
boosting the battery a second time.

•= Protected by copyright. Copying for private or commercial purposes, in part or in whole, is not
Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be
permitted unless authorised by AUDI AG. AUDI AG does not guarantee or accept any liability
tested by trained Audi Service technicians using
with respect the
to the VAG 1551
correctness ScaninTool
of information (ST) orCopyright
this document. an approved
by AUDI AG.
equivalent. The airbag unit must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.

•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that
may have been inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of
ignition away from the tire repair area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before
breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the tire from the rim before attempting any
repair.

•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or
lap while the vehicle is in motion. Objects between you and the airbag can increase the risk of
injury in an accident.

I have read and I understand these Cautions and Warnings.

=Page 3 of 3
© 2002 Audi of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual
property rights of Audi of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be
reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be
modified or reposted to other sites, without the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0

You might also like